--- /dev/null
+/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
+ and globbing substitutions. */
+
+/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
+ beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "mailcheck.h"
+
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "typemax.h"
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+
+#include "builtins/builtext.h"
+
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* The size that strings change by. */
+#define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
+#define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
+
+/* Variable types. */
+#define VT_VARIABLE 0
+#define VT_POSPARMS 1
+#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2
+#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
+#define VT_ASSOCVAR 4
+
+#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
+
+/* Flags for quoted_strchr */
+#define ST_BACKSL 0x01
+#define ST_CTLESC 0x02
+#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
+#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
+
+/* Flags for the `pflags' argument to param_expand() */
+#define PF_NOCOMSUB 0x01 /* Do not perform command substitution */
+#define PF_IGNUNBOUND 0x02 /* ignore unbound vars even if -u set */
+#define PF_NOSPLIT2 0x04 /* same as W_NOSPLIT2 */
+
+/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
+#define LBRACE '{'
+#define RBRACE '}'
+#define LPAREN '('
+#define RPAREN ')'
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define WLPAREN L'('
+#define WRPAREN L')'
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
+ can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
+#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
+ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
+ indirect variable reference may be made. */
+#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
+ ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
+ in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
+#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
+#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
+ ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
+ (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
+ (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
+
+/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
+ a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
+ expand_string_if_necessary(). */
+typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
+pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+char *ifs_value;
+unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
+size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
+unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
+
+/* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
+ command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
+ we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
+int assigning_in_environment;
+
+/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
+ so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
+ SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
+WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
+extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal;
+extern int subshell_environment, line_number;
+extern int subshell_level, parse_and_execute_level, sourcelevel;
+extern int eof_encountered;
+extern int return_catch_flag, return_catch_value;
+extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern char *this_command_name;
+extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
+extern int wordexp_only;
+extern int expanding_redir;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern wchar_t *wcsdup __P((const wchar_t *));
+#endif
+
+/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
+ a null file. */
+int allow_null_glob_expansion;
+
+/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
+int fail_glob_expansion;
+
+#if 0
+/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
+ output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
+ expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
+ (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
+char *glob_argv_flags;
+static int glob_argv_flags_size;
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal;
+static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal;
+static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal;
+static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal;
+
+/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
+ errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
+static int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+/* Set by expand_word_unsplit; used to inhibit splitting and re-joining
+ $* on $IFS, primarily when doing assignment statements. */
+static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
+ without any leading variable assignments. */
+static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+static char *quoted_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static int quoted_strlen __P((char *));
+static char *quoted_strchr __P((char *, int, int));
+
+static char *expand_string_if_necessary __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static char *make_quoted_char __P((int));
+static WORD_LIST *quote_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static int unquoted_substring __P((char *, char *));
+static int unquoted_member __P((int, char *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment __P((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+static int do_assignment_internal __P((const WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+static char *string_extract_verbatim __P((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract __P((char *, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract_double_quoted __P((char *, int *, int));
+static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted __P((char *, int *));
+static inline int skip_single_quoted __P((const char *, size_t, int));
+static int skip_double_quoted __P((char *, size_t, int));
+static char *extract_delimited_string __P((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
+static char *extract_dollar_brace_string __P((char *, int *, int, int));
+static int skip_matched_pair __P((const char *, int, int, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params __P((char *, int, int, int));
+
+static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *remove_upattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static wchar_t *remove_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+static char *remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+static int match_upattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int match_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
+#endif
+static int match_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+static int getpatspec __P((int, char *));
+static char *getpattern __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *variable_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *list_remove_pattern __P((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern __P((int, char *, int, int));
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_remove_pattern __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, int, char *, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static char *process_substitute __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *read_comsub __P((int, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static arrayind_t array_length_reference __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int valid_brace_expansion_word __P((char *, int));
+static int chk_atstar __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+static int chk_arithsub __P((const char *, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word __P((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t *));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs __P((char *, char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static void parameter_brace_expand_error __P((char *, char *));
+
+static int valid_length_expression __P((char *));
+static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length __P((char *));
+
+static char *skiparith __P((char *, int));
+static int verify_substring_values __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
+static int get_var_and_type __P((char *, char *, arrayind_t, int, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **));
+static char *mb_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_substring __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static int shouldexp_replacement __P((char *));
+
+static char *pos_params_pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_patsub __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params_casemod __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_casemod __P((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *param_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *word_list_split __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static void exp_jump_to_top_level __P((int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
+static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static int make_internal_declare __P((char *, char *));
+#endif
+static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+void
+dump_word_flags (flags)
+ int flags;
+{
+ int f;
+
+ f = flags;
+ fprintf (stderr, "%d -> ", f);
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNASSOC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASCTLESC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASCTLESC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASCTLESC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOPROCSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOPROCSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DQUOTE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DQUOTE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DQUOTE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNARG;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNBLTIN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_COMPASSIGN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOEXPAND)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOEXPAND;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOEXPAND%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ITILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ITILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOTILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOCOMSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARSTAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARSTAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARAT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARAT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_TILDEEXP)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_TILDEEXP;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT2;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOGLOB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOGLOB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOGLOB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_GLOBEXP)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_GLOBEXP;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_GLOBEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_QUOTED)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_QUOTED;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_QUOTED%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASDOLLAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASDOLLAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+static char *
+quoted_substring (string, start, end)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ register int len, l;
+ register char *result, *s, *r;
+
+ len = end - start;
+
+ /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
+ for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; )
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
+
+ /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
+ s = string + l;
+ for (l = 0; l < len; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ *r++ = *s;
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
+static int
+quoted_strlen (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+ int i;
+
+ i = 0;
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == CTLESC)
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == 0)
+ return (i + 1);
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
+ quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
+ characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
+ escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
+static char *
+quoted_strchr (s, c, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int c, flags;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\')
+ || ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC))
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (*p == c)
+ return p;
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
+ STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
+static int
+unquoted_member (character, string)
+ int character;
+ char *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sindex = 0;
+ while (c = string[sindex])
+ {
+ if (c == character)
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
+static int
+unquoted_substring (substr, string)
+ char *substr, *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c, sublen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0')
+ return (0);
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen))
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
+ to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
+ for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
+ where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
+ character array for this string. */
+
+/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
+ of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
+ case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
+ Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
+INLINE char *
+sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size)
+ char *source, *target;
+ int *indx, *size;
+{
+ if (source)
+ {
+ int srclen, n;
+
+ srclen = STRLEN (source);
+ if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx))
+ {
+ n = srclen + *indx;
+ n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
+ }
+
+ FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen);
+ *indx += srclen;
+ target[*indx] = '\0';
+
+ free (source);
+ }
+ return (target);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
+ INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
+char *
+sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size)
+ intmax_t number;
+ int *indx, *size;
+ char *target;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = itos (number);
+ return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
+ one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
+ part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
+ Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
+ is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
+ everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
+ If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
+ update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
+ contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
+static char *
+string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int c, i;
+ int found;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ found = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ if (string[i + 1])
+ i++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((flags & SX_VARNAME) && c == '[')
+ {
+ int ni;
+ /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
+ ni = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
+ if (string[ni] == ']')
+ i = ni;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ {
+ found = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
+ error and let the caller deal with it. */
+ if ((flags & SX_REQMATCH) && found == 0)
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (&extract_string_error);
+ }
+
+ temp = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
+ quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
+ Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
+ is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
+static char *
+string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, stripdq)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, stripdq;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *send;
+ int j, i, t;
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */
+ int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */
+ int dquote;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex);
+
+ j = 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
+ /* Posix.2 sez:
+
+ ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
+ character only when followed by one of the characters:
+ $ ` " \ <newline>''.
+
+ If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
+ expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
+ we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
+ and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
+ indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
+
+ /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
+ backslashes before characters for which the backslash
+ retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
+ front of other characters. If we are not in an
+ embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
+ This mess is necessary because the string was already
+ surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
+ quoting rules).
+ The returned string will be run through expansion as if
+ it were double-quoted. */
+ if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') ||
+ (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0)))
+ temp[j++] = '\\';
+ pass_next = 0;
+
+add_one_character:
+ COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
+ handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
+ a double quote. */
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
+ initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
+ that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
+ removed, defines that command''. */
+ if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
+ ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
+ if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ int free_ret = 1;
+
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, 0);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0);
+
+ temp[j++] = '$';
+ temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
+
+ /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
+ is set. */
+ if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
+ {
+ free_ret = 0;
+ ret = string + i + 2;
+ }
+
+ for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
+ temp[j] = ret[t];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
+
+ if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
+
+ if (free_ret)
+ free (ret);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
+ accumulating. */
+ if (c != '"')
+ goto add_one_character;
+
+ /* c == '"' */
+ if (stripdq)
+ {
+ dquote ^= 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ temp[j] = '\0';
+
+ /* Point to after the closing quote. */
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
+static int
+skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ int c, i;
+ char *ret;
+ int pass_next, backquote, si;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = 0;
+ i = sind;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, SX_NOALLOC);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c != '"')
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing single quote. */
+static inline char *
+string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ register int i;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ t = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+
+ if (string[i])
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (t);
+}
+
+static inline int
+skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ const char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ register int c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ c = sind;
+ while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
+
+ if (string[c])
+ c++;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
+ that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
+static char *
+string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int i;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t *wcharlist;
+#endif
+ int c;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex);
+ --*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
+ return temp;
+ }
+
+ i = *sindex;
+#if 0
+ /* See how the MBLEN and ADVANCE_CHAR macros work to understand why we need
+ this only if MB_CUR_MAX > 1. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 1;
+#endif
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = strlen (charlist);
+ wcharlist = 0;
+#endif
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength;
+#endif
+ if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
+ through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
+ remove_quoted_nulls. */
+ else if ((flags & SX_NOESCCTLNUL) == 0 && c == CTLESC && string[i+1] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i);
+ if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wcharlist == 0)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
+ if (len == -1)
+ len = 0;
+ wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1);
+ }
+
+ if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ FREE (wcharlist);
+#endif
+
+ temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
+ XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
+char *
+extract_command_subst (string, sindex, xflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ int xflags;
+{
+ if (string[*sindex] == LPAREN)
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", xflags|SX_COMMAND)); /*)*/
+ else
+ {
+ xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
+ return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags));
+ }
+}
+
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
+char *
+extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
+char *
+extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ char *starter;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", 0));
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
+ each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
+ we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
+char *
+extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ int slen;
+ char *ret;
+
+ slen = strlen (string); /* ( */
+ if (string[slen - 1] == ')')
+ {
+ ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1);
+ *sindex = slen - 1;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
+ character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
+ the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
+ SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
+ If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
+ contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
+ needs to be skipped. */
+static char *
+extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, c, si;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t, *result;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment;
+ int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ len_opener = STRLEN (opener);
+ len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener);
+ len_closer = STRLEN (closer);
+
+ pass_character = in_comment = 0;
+
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ i = *sindex;
+
+ while (nesting_level)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (in_comment)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n')
+ in_comment = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
+ multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string[i - 1])))
+ {
+ in_comment = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
+ arithmetic substitution. */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested OPENER. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
+ if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_alt_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
+ the nesting level. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer))
+ {
+ i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1;
+ if (flags & SX_NOALLOC)
+ result = (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si);
+ strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
+ result[si] = '\0';
+ }
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
+ Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
+ skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
+ SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
+ gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
+ occurs inside double quotes. */
+/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
+static char *
+extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, flags;
+{
+ register int i, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state;
+ char *result, *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_character = 0;
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+
+ /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
+ parse_matched_pair() */
+ dolbrace_state = 0;
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ dolbrace_state = (flags & SX_POSIXEXP) ? DOLBRACE_QUOTE : DOLBRACE_PARAM;
+
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_character)
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level++;
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
+ verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
+ arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /* Pass the contents of single-quoted and double-quoted strings
+ through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
+ continue;
+ }
+#else /* XXX - bash-4.2 */
+ /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+/*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
+ if (posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 41 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ else
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
+ share the same defines. */
+ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD;
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ { /* { */
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ result = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
+ STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
+char *
+de_backslash (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
+ string[i + 1] == '$'))
+ i++;
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*UNUSED*/
+/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
+void
+unquote_bang (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ register char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+
+ for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!')
+ {
+ temp[j] = '!';
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ strcpy (string, temp);
+ free (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; return (x); } while (0)
+
+/* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
+ parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
+ matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
+ intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
+ assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()). */
+static int
+skip_matched_pair (string, start, open, close, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, open, close, flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, count;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, *ss;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+
+ i = start + 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
+ count = 1;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ ss = (char *)string;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == open)
+ {
+ count++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == close)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c == '\'' || c == '"'))
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (ss, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if ((flags&1) == 0 && c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (ss, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (ss, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+int
+skipsubscript (string, start, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, flags;
+{
+ return (skip_matched_pair (string, start, '[', ']', flags));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
+ the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
+ begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
+ STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
+ a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
+ functions of that ilk. */
+int
+skip_to_delim (string, start, delims, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int start;
+ char *delims;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, invert, skipquote, skipcmd;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, open[3];
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ invert = (flags & SD_INVERT);
+ skipcmd = (flags & SD_NOSKIPCMD) == 0;
+
+ i = start;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
+ and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
+ test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
+ double-quoted strings. */
+ skipquote = ((flags & SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) && (c == '\'' || c =='"'));
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (skipquote == 0 && invert == 0 && member (c, delims))
+ break;
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((skipcmd && string[i+1] == LPAREN) || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ else if (skipcmd && (c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+ temp = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &si);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ else if ((flags & SD_EXTGLOB) && extended_glob && string[i+1] == LPAREN && member (c, "?*+!@"))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ open[0] = c;
+ open[1] = LPAREN;
+ open[2] = '\0';
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, open, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
+
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if ((skipquote || invert) && (member (c, delims) == 0))
+ break;
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
+ an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
+ by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
+ single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
+ error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
+ recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
+ rl_completer_quote_characters. */
+
+int
+char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ i = pass_next = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(0);
+}
+
+int
+unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+ char *openstr;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ olen = strlen (openstr);
+ i = pass_next = openc = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ return 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
+ {
+ openc = 1 - openc;
+ i += olen;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ {
+ i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+ return (openc);
+}
+
+/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
+ individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
+ to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
+ rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
+ gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
+ the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
+ DELIMS delimit separate fields. */
+WORD_LIST *
+split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, flags, nwp, cwp)
+ char *string;
+ int slen;
+ char *delims;
+ int sentinel, flags;
+ int *nwp, *cwp;
+{
+ int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split, dflags;
+ char *token, *d, *d2;
+ WORD_LIST *ret, *tl;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ {
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = 0;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = 0;
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims;
+ ifs_split = delims == 0;
+
+ /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
+ d2 = 0;
+ if (delims)
+ {
+ size_t slength;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength = 1;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slength = strlen (delims);
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
+ i = ts = 0;
+ while (delims[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t state_bak;
+ state_bak = state;
+ mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ state = state_bak;
+ else if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
+ ts += mblength;
+ i += mblength;
+ slength -= mblength;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
+ d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+
+ i++;
+ slength--;
+ }
+ d2[ts] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
+ long as those characters are delimiters. */
+ for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ return (ret);
+
+ ts = i;
+ nw = 0;
+ cw = -1;
+ dflags = flags|SD_NOJMP;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d, dflags);
+
+ /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
+ separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
+ is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
+ if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2))
+ {
+ te = ts + 1;
+ /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
+ and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
+ if (ifs_split)
+ while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]))
+ te++;
+ else
+ while (member (string[te], d2))
+ te++;
+ }
+
+ token = substring (string, ts, te);
+
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ free (token);
+ nw++;
+
+ if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
+ sentinel word to the current word. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
+ word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
+ the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts)
+ {
+ tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next);
+ ret->next = tl;
+ cw = nw;
+ nw++;
+ }
+
+ if (string[te] == 0)
+ break;
+
+ i = te;
+ while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])))
+ i++;
+
+ if (string[i])
+ ts = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
+ the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
+ the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
+ possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
+ add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && (sentinel >= slen || sentinel >= te))
+ {
+ if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1]))
+ {
+ token = "";
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ nw++;
+ }
+ cw = nw;
+ }
+
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = nw;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = cw;
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+char *
+assignment_name (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ int offset;
+ char *temp;
+
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ if (offset == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ temp = substring (string, 0, offset);
+ return (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
+ to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
+char *
+string_list_internal (list, sep)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *sep;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+ char *result, *r;
+ int word_len, sep_len, result_size;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
+ if (list->next == 0)
+ return (savestring (list->word->word));
+
+ /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
+ sep_len = STRLEN (sep);
+ result_size = 0;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list)
+ result_size += sep_len;
+ result_size += strlen (t->word->word);
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1);
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list && sep_len)
+ {
+ if (sep_len > 1)
+ {
+ FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len);
+ r += sep_len;
+ }
+ else
+ *r++ = sep[0];
+ }
+
+ word_len = strlen (t->word->word);
+ FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len);
+ r += word_len;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with a space. */
+char *
+string_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (string_list_internal (list, " "));
+}
+
+/* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
+ obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
+ the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
+ length of the returned string. */
+char *
+ifs_firstchar (lenp)
+ int *lenp;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int len;
+
+ ret = xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX + 1);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (ret, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ ret[len = ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 0 : 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = len;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
+ quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
+ expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
+ to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
+ first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_star (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ char *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (list, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
+ the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
+ word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
+ in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
+ <space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
+ also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
+ to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
+ exactly. */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ifs, *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
+ ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs && *ifs)
+ {
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
+ it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
+#if 0
+ tlist = ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (ifs && *ifs == 0))
+#else
+ tlist = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
+#endif
+ ? quote_list (list)
+ : list_quote_escapes (list);
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn the positional paramters into a string, understanding quoting and
+ the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
+ separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
+ string_list as appropriate. */
+char *
+string_list_pos_params (pchar, list, quoted)
+ int pchar;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*')
+ {
+ /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
+ making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
+ separator. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '@' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
+ that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
+ use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
+ thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
+ string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
+ the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
+ later splitting. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+ else if (pchar == '@')
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ else
+ ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (list) : list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
+ words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
+ non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
+ the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
+
+ This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
+ exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
+ the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
+ as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
+ to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
+ following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
+ occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
+ are in `separators'):
+
+ 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
+ string.
+ 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
+ IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
+ IFS white space delimits a field.
+ 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
+ */
+
+/* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
+ expect to have "" preserved! */
+
+/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
+ STRING. */
+#define issep(c) \
+ (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
+ : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
+ : 0)
+
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string (string, separators, quoted)
+ register char *string, *separators;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+ WORD_DESC *t;
+ char *current_word, *s;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ if (!string || !*string)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ else if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+
+ slen = 0;
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
+ STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
+ if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (s = string; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++);
+
+ if (!*s)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ string = s;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ The splitting algorithm is:
+ extract a word, stopping at a separator
+ skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
+ for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim
+ unless multibyte chars are possible. */
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
+ if (current_word == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
+ want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
+ empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
+ below. */
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word))
+ {
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+ else if (current_word[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
+ perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
+ remove_quoted_nulls (current_word);
+ result = add_string_to_list (current_word, result);
+ result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+
+ /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
+ Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
+ else if (!sh_style_split && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+
+ free (current_word);
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (string[sindex])
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ }
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
+ is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
+ field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
+ empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
+ adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
+ ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
+ the `read' builtin. This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS;
+ it should be simplified.
+
+ XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
+ combined - XXX */
+char *
+get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr)
+ char **stringp, *separators, **endptr;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ char *current_word;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+
+ s = *stringp;
+ slen = 0;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. */
+ if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s); s++);
+
+ /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
+ if (!*s)
+ {
+ *stringp = s;
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
+ the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
+ tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
+
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ sindex = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim
+ unless multibyte chars are possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (s) : 1;
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
+
+ /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s + sindex;
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (s[sindex])
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
+ }
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
+ a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
+ delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
+ Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (s[sindex] && whitesep && isifs (s[sindex]) && !spctabnl (s[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
+ IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+
+ /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
+ *stringp = s + sindex;
+ return (current_word);
+}
+
+/* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
+ of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
+ or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
+ Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
+ non-zero. */
+char *
+strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape)
+ char *string, *separators;
+ int saw_escape;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1;
+ while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) ||
+ (saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1]))))
+ s--;
+ *++s = '\0';
+ return string;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
+ backslashes, single and double quotes. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string_with_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *token, *s;
+ size_t s_len;
+ int c, i, tokstart, len;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++)
+ ;
+ if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ s_len = strlen (s);
+ tokstart = i = 0;
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c = s[i];
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == '"')
+ i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c))
+ {
+ /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
+ add it to the word list. */
+ token = substring (s, tokstart, i);
+ list = add_string_to_list (token, list);
+ free (token);
+ while (spctabnl (s[i]))
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ tokstart = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ i++; /* normal character */
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif
+
+/********************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform assignment statements */
+/* */
+/********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int mklocal, mkassoc;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ mkassoc = flags & ASS_MKASSOC;
+
+ if (mklocal && variable_context)
+ {
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
+ if (mkassoc)
+ v = make_local_assoc_variable (name);
+ else if (v == 0 || (array_p (v) == 0 && assoc_p (v) == 0) || v->context != variable_context)
+ v = make_local_array_variable (name);
+ assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
+ }
+ else
+ v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags);
+
+ return (v);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
+ perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
+ case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
+static int
+do_assignment_internal (word, expand)
+ const WORD_DESC *word;
+ int expand;
+{
+ int offset, appendop, assign_list, aflags, retval;
+ char *name, *value, *temp;
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ char *t;
+ int ni;
+#endif
+ const char *string;
+
+ if (word == 0 || word->word == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0;
+ string = word->word;
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ name = savestring (string);
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (name[offset] == '=')
+ {
+ if (name[offset - 1] == '+')
+ {
+ appendop = 1;
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */
+ temp = name + offset + 1;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN))
+ {
+ assign_list = ni = 1;
+ value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (expand && temp[0])
+ value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment);
+ else
+ value = savestring (temp);
+ }
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ value[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ {
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '+';
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1);
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
+
+ if (appendop)
+ aflags |= ASS_APPEND;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (t = mbschr (name, '[')) /*]*/
+ {
+ if (assign_list)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name);
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags);
+ if (entry == 0)
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ else if (assign_list)
+ {
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKASSOC;
+ entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags);
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags);
+
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
+
+#if 1
+ /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
+ if (entry == 0 || readonly_p (entry))
+ retval = 0; /* assignment failure */
+ else if (noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ retval = 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
+ }
+ else
+ retval = 1;
+
+ if (entry && retval != 0 && noassign_p (entry) == 0)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (retval);
+#else
+ if (entry)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (entry ? ((readonly_p (entry) == 0) && noassign_p (entry) == 0) : 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
+ right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
+int
+do_assignment (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1);
+}
+
+int
+do_word_assignment (word)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+{
+ return do_assignment_internal (word, 1);
+}
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
+ expansions on the right hand side. */
+int
+do_assignment_no_expand (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0));
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to manage the positional parameters *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_rest_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list, *args;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
+ for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list);
+
+ for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+int
+number_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < 9 && dollar_vars[n+1]; n++)
+ ;
+ for (list = rest_of_args; list; list = list->next)
+ n++;
+ return n;
+}
+
+/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
+char *
+get_dollar_var_value (ind)
+ intmax_t ind;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ WORD_LIST *p;
+
+ if (ind < 10)
+ temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL;
+ else /* We want something like ${11} */
+ {
+ ind -= 10;
+ for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next)
+ ;
+ temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
+ and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
+ case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
+char *
+string_rest_of_args (dollar_star)
+ int dollar_star;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *string;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
+ END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
+ which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
+ Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
+ no quoting chars are added. */
+static char *
+pos_params (string, start, end, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t;
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
+ if (start == end)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
+ {
+ t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params);
+ save = params = t;
+ }
+
+ for (i = start ? 1 : 0; params && i < start; i++)
+ params = params->next;
+ if (params == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++)
+ {
+ t = params;
+ params = params->next;
+ }
+
+ t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (string[0], h, quoted);
+
+ if (t != params)
+ t->next = params;
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************/
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
+#else
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
+#endif
+
+/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
+ then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
+ removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
+static char *
+expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ size_t slen;
+ int i, saw_quote;
+ char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
+ {
+ if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
+ break;
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
+ saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = savestring (string);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline char *
+expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_arith_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
+char *
+remove_backslashes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *s;
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+ for (s = string; s && *s; )
+ {
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ s++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This needs better error handling. */
+/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
+ [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
+ to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
+ this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
+ SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
+ be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
+ for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. */
+char *
+cond_expand_word (w, special)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int special;
+{
+ char *r, *p;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int qflags;
+
+ if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ w->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ if (special == 0)
+ {
+ dequote_list (l);
+ r = string_list (l);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ qflags = QGLOB_CVTNULL;
+ if (special == 2)
+ qflags |= QGLOB_REGEXP;
+ p = string_list (l);
+ r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, qflags);
+ free (p);
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ r = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
+ A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
+ any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int q, i, *c, *e;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e);
+ if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
+ already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
+ but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
+ to exit in most cases). */
+ w->word = (char *)NULL;
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_internal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+
+ FREE (td.word);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
+ and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
+ returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
+ remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
+ takes care of quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_assignment (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+ value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ FREE (td.word);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+
+/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
+ expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
+ passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
+ to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_prompt_string (string, quoted, wflags)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ int wflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = wflags;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+ if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ return value;
+ }
+ FREE (td.word);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
+ the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
+ and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
+ things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
+ substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+
+ if (tlist)
+ {
+ tresult = word_list_split (tlist);
+ dispose_words (tlist);
+ return (tresult);
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
+ it returns. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *has_dollar_at;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = string;
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
+ a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
+ or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to handle quoting chars *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Conventions:
+
+ A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
+ The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
+
+/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
+ used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
+ the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
+ and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
+ in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
+ eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
+ code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
+ spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
+ a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
+ document (effectively double-quoted). */
+char *
+quote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ int quote_spaces, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ skip_ctlesc |= *s == CTLESC, skip_ctlnul |= *s == CTLNUL;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+ s = string;
+
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if ((skip_ctlesc == 0 && *s == CTLESC) || (skip_ctlnul == 0 && *s == CTLNUL) || (quote_spaces && *s == ' '))
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+list_quote_escapes (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
+
+ The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
+ This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
+ data stream pass through properly.
+
+ We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
+ quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
+ characters.
+
+ Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
+char *
+dequote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t, *s1;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ int quote_spaces;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return string;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL || (quote_spaces && s[1] == ' ')))
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
+ This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
+ set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
+static char *
+make_quoted_char (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLNUL;
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c;
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
+ the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
+ this value is the word. */
+char *
+quote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+
+ if (*string == 0)
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ result[0] = CTLNUL;
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+
+ for (t = result; string < send; )
+ {
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
+char *
+dequote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (string))
+ {
+ result[0] = '\0';
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+ /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
+ each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ send = string + slen;
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+quote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_string (t);
+ if (*t == 0)
+ w->word->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
+ w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
+WORD_LIST *
+dequote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ register WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ {
+ s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist->word->word))
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = s;
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
+ string. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ if (string)
+ {
+ t = dequote_escapes (string);
+ strcpy (string, t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on STRING. We don't allow any
+ quoted null characters in the middle or at the ends of strings because
+ of how expand_word_internal works. remove_quoted_nulls () turns
+ STRING into an empty string iff it only consists of a quoted null,
+ and removes all unquoted CTLNUL characters. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_nulls (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */
+ return string; /* XXX */
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == CTLESC)
+ {
+ /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
+ point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
+ string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
+ that we've already copied down. */
+ i++; string[j++] = CTLESC;
+ if (i == slen)
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == CTLNUL)
+ i++;
+
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ {
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ }
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
+ This modifies LIST. */
+void
+word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
+ t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#if 0 /* Currently unused */
+static unsigned char *
+mb_getcharlens (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, offset, last;
+ unsigned char *ret;
+ char *p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = offset = 0;
+ last = 0;
+ ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len);
+ memset (ret, 0, len);
+ while (string[last])
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset);
+ ret[last] = offset - last;
+ last = offset;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
+ can have one of 4 values:
+ RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
+*/
+
+#define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
+#define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
+#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
+#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
+
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static char *
+remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ register int len;
+ register char *end;
+ register char *p, *ret, c;
+
+ len = STRLEN (param);
+ end = param + len;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (param); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static wchar_t *
+remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op)
+ wchar_t *wparam;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *ret;
+ int n;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (wparam); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static char *
+remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ char *xret;
+
+ if (param == NULL)
+ return (param);
+ if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
+ return (savestring (param));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t *ret, *oret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpattern);
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op);
+ /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
+ matched; just return copy of original string */
+ if (ret == wparam)
+ {
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+ return (savestring (param));
+ }
+
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+
+ n = strlen (param);
+ xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1);
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps);
+ xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
+ free (oret);
+ return xret;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
+ and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
+ ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
+ MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
+ of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
+static int
+match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ int c, len, mlen;
+ register char *p, *p1, *npat;
+ char *end;
+ int n1;
+
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
+ since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
+ len = STRLEN (pat);
+ if (pat[0] != '*' || (pat[0] == '*' && pat[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob) || pat[len - 1] != '*')
+ {
+ p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3);
+ p1 = pat;
+ if (*p1 != '*' || (*p1 == '*' && p1[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *p++ = '*';
+ while (*p1)
+ *p++ = *p1++;
+ if (p1[-1] != '*' || p[-2] == '\\')
+ *p++ = '*';
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ npat = pat;
+ c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG);
+ if (npat != pat)
+ free (npat);
+ if (c == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = STRLEN (string);
+ end = string + len;
+
+ mlen = umatchlen (pat, len);
+
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, p))
+ {
+#if 0
+ for (p1 = end; p1 >= p; p1--)
+#else
+ p1 = (mlen == -1) ? end : p + mlen;
+ /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
+ p = current position in string
+ mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
+ end = end of string
+ we want to break immediately if the potential match len
+ is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
+ string
+ */
+ if (p1 > end)
+ break;
+ for ( ; p1 >= p; p1--)
+#endif
+ {
+ c = *p1; *p1 = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *p1 = c;
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = p1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p1 = c;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, string) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if 0
+ for (p = end; p >= string; p--)
+#else
+ for (p = (mlen == -1) ? end : string + mlen; p >= string; p--)
+#endif
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ *sp = string;
+ *ep = p;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p = c;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+#if 0
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+#else
+ for (p = end - ((mlen == -1) ? len : mlen); p <= end; p++)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = end;
+ return 1;
+ }
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
+ character version. */
+static int
+match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ wchar_t *wstring;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1;
+ size_t len;
+ int mlen;
+ int n, n1;
+
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ len = wcslen (wpat);
+ if (wpat[0] != L'*' || (wpat[0] == L'*' && wpat[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob) || wpat[len - 1] != L'*')
+ {
+ wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ wp1 = wpat;
+ if (*wp1 != L'*' || (*wp1 == '*' && wp1[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ while (*wp1 != L'\0')
+ *wp++ = *wp1++;
+ if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\')
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ nwpat = wpat;
+ len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG);
+ if (nwpat != wpat)
+ free (nwpat);
+ if (len == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
+
+ mlen = wmatchlen (wpat, wstrlen);
+/* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n))
+ {
+#if 0
+ for (n1 = wstrlen; n1 >= n; n1--)
+#else
+ n1 = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : n + mlen;
+ if (n1 > wstrlen)
+ break;
+
+ for ( ; n1 >= n; n1--)
+#endif
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[n1];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if 0
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+#else
+ for (n = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen; n >= 0; n--)
+#endif
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[0];
+ *ep = indices[n];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+#if 0
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+#else
+ for (n = wstrlen - ((mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen); n <= wstrlen; n++)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[wstrlen];
+ return 1;
+ }
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static int
+match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int ret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wstring, *wpat;
+ char **indices;
+#endif
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpat);
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ }
+ ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep);
+
+ free (wpat);
+ free (wstring);
+ free (indices);
+
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+}
+
+static int
+getpatspec (c, value)
+ int c;
+ char *value;
+{
+ if (c == '#')
+ return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
+ else /* c == '%' */
+ return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
+}
+
+/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
+ This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
+ to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
+ This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
+ special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
+ following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
+static char *
+getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
+ char *value;
+ int quoted, expandpat;
+{
+ char *pat, *tword;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+#if 0
+ int i;
+#endif
+ /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
+ pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
+ POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
+ be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
+ expansions inside a pattern? */
+#if 0
+ if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, 1);
+ free (tword);
+ tword = pat;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* expand_string_for_rhs () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
+ word splitting. */
+ l = *value ? expand_string_for_rhs (value,
+ (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ pat = string_list (l);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ if (pat)
+ {
+ tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ free (pat);
+ pat = tword;
+ }
+ return (pat);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
+ or ${name#[#]value}. */
+static char *
+variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ char *value, *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *tword;
+
+ tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring ("");
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted);
+ dispose_words (l);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ int itype;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_remove_pattern (var, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec;
+ char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* compute itype from varname here */
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
+ itype = ret[0];
+
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, ind, patstr, rtype, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patstr;
+ int rtype, quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, patspec, starsub;
+ char *temp1, *val, *pattern;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr);
+ if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
+ patstr++;
+
+ /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
+ the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
+ temp1 = savestring (patstr);
+ pattern = getpattern (temp1, quoted, 1);
+ free (temp1);
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_remove_pattern (v, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ FREE (pattern);
+ return temp1;
+}
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ result = word_list_split (tresult);
+ dispose_words (tresult);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+#else
+ if (ifs_firstc == 0)
+#endif
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
+ quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
+ could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+#else
+ if (ifs_firstc == 0)
+#endif
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+
+/*****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Hacking Process Substitution */
+/* */
+/*****************************************************************/
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
+ of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
+ unlink all of them. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the
+ list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
+#define FIFO_INCR 20
+
+struct temp_fifo {
+ char *file;
+ pid_t proc;
+};
+
+static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL;
+static int nfifo;
+static int fifo_list_size;
+
+char *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1)
+ {
+ fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR;
+ fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list,
+ fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo));
+ }
+
+ fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname);
+ nfifo++;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ int saved, i, j;
+
+ if (nfifo == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ {
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ saved++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
+ if (saved)
+ {
+ for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].file)
+ {
+ fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file;
+ fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc;
+ j++;
+ }
+ nfifo = j;
+ }
+ else
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
+ from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
+ that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
+ everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
+ case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ char *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (list[i] == 0 && i < fifo_list_size && fifo_list[i].proc != -1)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_named_pipe ()
+{
+ char *tname;
+
+ tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR);
+ if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
+ {
+ free (tname);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ add_fifo_list (tname);
+ return (tname);
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
+ has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
+ set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
+ of open files. */
+static char *dev_fd_list = (char *)NULL;
+static int nfds;
+static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
+
+char *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (nfds == 0 || totfds == 0)
+ {
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = totfds;
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (totfds);
+ return (memcpy (ret, dev_fd_list, totfds));
+}
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list == 0 || fd >= totfds)
+ {
+ int ofds;
+
+ ofds = totfds;
+ totfds = getdtablesize ();
+ if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256)
+ totfds = 256;
+ if (fd >= totfds)
+ totfds = fd + 2;
+
+ dev_fd_list = (char *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds);
+ memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', totfds - ofds);
+ }
+
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 1;
+ nfds++;
+}
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfds;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list[fd])
+ {
+ close (fd);
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ nfds = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
+ the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
+ as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
+ LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
+ totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ char *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (list[i] == 0 && i < totfds && dev_fd_list[i])
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+print_dev_fd_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
+ {
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", i);
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif /* NOTDEF */
+
+static char *
+make_dev_fd_filename (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 8);
+
+ strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
+ p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf));
+ strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p);
+
+ add_fifo_list (fd);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
+ executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
+ a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
+ ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
+ them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
+
+ OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
+ use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
+ the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
+ writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
+ file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
+
+static char *
+process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child)
+ char *string;
+ int open_for_read_in_child;
+{
+ char *pathname;
+ int fd, result;
+ pid_t old_pid, pid;
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd;
+ int fildes[2];
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif
+
+ if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ pathname = make_named_pipe ();
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
+ the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child];
+ child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child];
+ /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
+ avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64);
+
+ pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (pathname == 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ save_pipeline (1);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 1);
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for process substitution"));
+ free (pathname);
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid > 0)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ restore_pipeline (1);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid;
+#endif
+
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ return (pathname);
+ }
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_job_control (0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Open the named pipe in the child. */
+ fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK : O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname);
+ else
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname);
+
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ }
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ fd = child_pipe_fd;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname,
+ open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+
+ if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1))
+ close (fd);
+
+ /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
+ from its parent. */
+ if (current_fds_to_close)
+ {
+ close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close);
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
+ in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
+ instance, pipe(2). */
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ result = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
+ close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ exit (result);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+/***********************************/
+/* */
+/* Command Substitution */
+/* */
+/***********************************/
+
+static char *
+read_comsub (fd, quoted, rflag)
+ int fd, quoted;
+ int *rflag;
+{
+ char *istring, buf[128], *bufp, *s;
+ int istring_index, istring_size, c, tflag, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ ssize_t bufn;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+ istring_index = istring_size = bufn = tflag = 0;
+
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ skip_ctlesc |= *s == CTLESC, skip_ctlnul |= *s == CTLNUL;
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ setmode (fd, O_TEXT); /* we don't want CR/LF, we want Unix-style */
+#endif
+
+ /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. This may need to be
+ changed to understand multibyte characters in the future. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (fd < 0)
+ break;
+ if (--bufn <= 0)
+ {
+ bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf));
+ if (bufn <= 0)
+ break;
+ bufp = buf;
+ }
+ c = *bufp++;
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+#if 0
+ internal_warning ("read_comsub: ignored null byte in input");
+#endif
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+
+ /* This is essentially quote_string inline */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
+ from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
+ This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
+ else if (skip_ctlesc == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ tflag |= W_HASCTLESC;
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ }
+ else if ((skip_ctlnul == 0 && c == CTLNUL) || (c == ' ' && (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0)))
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ if (c == '\n' && istring_index > 1 && istring[istring_index - 2] == '\r')
+ {
+ istring_index--;
+ istring[istring_index - 1] = '\n';
+ }
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (istring)
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
+ trouble. */
+ if (istring_index == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (istring);
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ while (istring_index > 0)
+ {
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ --istring_index;
+
+ /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC)
+ --istring_index;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1);
+
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
+ return istring;
+}
+
+/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
+ contained string possibly quoted. */
+WORD_DESC *
+command_substitute (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid;
+ char *istring;
+ int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc, tflag;
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
+ run, just return NULL. */
+ if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1]))
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+
+ if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_WEXPCOMSUB;
+ jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG);
+ }
+
+ /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
+ eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
+ maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
+ the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
+ the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
+ have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
+ though, because the export environment will be remade after this
+ command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
+ are variable assignments. */
+ if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0)
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
+
+ /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
+ pflags = (interactive && sourcelevel == 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0;
+
+ /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
+ goto error_exit;
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline. */
+ if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_PIPE) == 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ cleanup_the_pipeline ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC);
+ last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid;
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ if (pid != 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#else
+ stop_making_children ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
+ error_exit:
+
+ FREE (istring);
+ close (fildes[0]);
+ close (fildes[1]);
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
+
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+
+ if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
+ (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
+ the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
+ fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
+ but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
+ to be generated from this command. */
+ if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+ /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
+ interactive = 0;
+
+ /* This is a subshell environment. */
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+
+ /* When not in POSIX mode, command substitution does not inherit
+ the -e flag. */
+ if (posixly_correct == 0)
+ exit_immediately_on_error = 0;
+
+ remove_quoted_escapes (string);
+
+ startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
+ /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main (). */
+ result = setjmp (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
+ trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
+ and go off to never-never land. */
+ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp (return_catch);
+ else
+ function_value = 0;
+
+ if (result == ERREXIT)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result == EXITPROG)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else if (function_value)
+ rc = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_level++;
+ rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST);
+ subshell_level--;
+ }
+
+ last_command_exit_value = rc;
+ rc = run_exit_trap ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ exit (rc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ tflag = 0;
+ istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted, &tflag);
+
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+ current_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid);
+ last_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
+ was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
+ SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
+ if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT)
+ kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
+
+ /* wait_for gives the terminal back to shell_pgrp. If some other
+ process group should have it, give it away to that group here.
+ pipeline_pgrp is non-zero only while we are constructing a
+ pipline, so what we are concerned about is whether or not that
+ pipeline was started in the background. A pipeline started in
+ the background should never get the tty back here. */
+ if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && (subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0)
+ give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = istring;
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/********************************************************
+ * *
+ * Utility functions for parameter expansion *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+
+static arrayind_t
+array_length_reference (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *akey;
+ char *t, c;
+ ARRAY *array;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+
+ /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
+ failure. */
+ if ((var == 0 || (assoc_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ c = *--t;
+ *t = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (s);
+ *t = c;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ else if (var == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
+ We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
+ v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
+
+ array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL;
+ h = assoc_p (var) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ return (h ? assoc_num_elements (h) : 0);
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ return (array ? array_num_elements (array) : 0);
+ else
+ return (var_isset (var) ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (t, 0); /* [ */
+ t[len - 1] = ']';
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (t, len);
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ if (array_p (var))
+ t = array_reference (array, ind);
+ else
+ t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ len = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ return (len);
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static int
+valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special;
+{
+ if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name))
+ return 1;
+ else if (var_is_special)
+ return 1;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ return 1;
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else if (legal_identifier (name))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp1;
+
+ if (name == 0)
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* check for $@ and $* */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ temp1 = mbschr (name, '[');
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == ']')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ } /* [ */
+ /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
+ which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == ']' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
+ or NULL if there was no expansion.
+ VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
+ the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
+ NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, indp)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+ char *temp, *tt;
+ intmax_t arg_index;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int atype, rflags;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ ret = 0;
+ temp = 0;
+ rflags = 0;
+
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
+ if (legal_number (name, &arg_index))
+ {
+ tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (tt)
+ temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (tt)
+ : quote_escapes (tt);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */
+ {
+ int sindex;
+ tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
+ tt[sindex = 0] = '$';
+ strcpy (tt + 1, name);
+
+ ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, pflags);
+ free (tt);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ if (atype == 0 && temp)
+ {
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ rflags |= W_ARRAYIND;
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = ind;
+ }
+ else if (atype == 1 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (var = find_variable (name))
+ {
+ if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ temp = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags |= rflags;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
+ value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp, *t;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, PF_IGNUNBOUND, 0);
+ t = w->word;
+ /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
+ if (t)
+ {
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ ? dequote_string (t)
+ : dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ t = temp;
+ }
+ dispose_word_desc (w);
+
+ chk_atstar (t, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ if (t == 0)
+ return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted, 0, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
+ depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
+ "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
+ between double quotes. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int c, quoted, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *t, *t1, *temp;
+ int hasdol;
+
+ /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
+ the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
+ embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value)
+ {
+ hasdol = 0;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &hasdol, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = value;
+
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ hasdol = 0;
+ /* XXX was 0 not quoted */
+ l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, &hasdol, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ if (hasdollarat)
+ *hasdollarat = hasdol || (l && l->next);
+ if (temp != value)
+ free (temp);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
+ slightly differently if HASDOL is non-zero. If we have "$@", the
+ individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
+ into a string with the words separated by the first character of
+ $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
+ do the right thing. We use string_list_dollar_star instead. */
+ temp = (hasdol || l->next) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
+
+ /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
+ is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
+ if (qdollaratp && ((hasdol && quoted) || l->next))
+ *qdollaratp = 1;
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && hasdol)
+ {
+ /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
+ a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
+ it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
+ a quoted empty string. */
+ temp = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+ {
+ w->word = temp;
+ return w;
+ }
+
+ /* c == '=' */
+ t = temp ? savestring (temp) : savestring ("");
+ t1 = dequote_string (t);
+ free (t);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ assign_array_element (name, t1, 0);
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ bind_variable (name, t1, 0);
+
+ /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
+ free (temp);
+
+ w->word = t1;
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
+ that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
+ used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
+ printed. */
+static void
+parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value)
+ char *name, *value;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *temp;
+
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ l = expand_string (value, 0);
+ temp = string_list (l);
+ report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
+ FREE (temp);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name);
+
+ /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
+ are about to longjmp out. */
+ free (name);
+ FREE (value);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
+ OK to do. */
+static int
+valid_length_expression (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
+ ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
+ (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ valid_array_reference (name + 1) || /* ${#a[7]} */
+#endif
+ legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+size_t
+mbstrlen (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+ size_t clen, nc;
+ mbstate_t mbs, mbsbak;
+
+ nc = 0;
+ memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs));
+ mbsbak = mbs;
+ while ((clen = mbrlen(s, MB_CUR_MAX, &mbs)) != 0)
+ {
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH(clen))
+ {
+ clen = 1; /* assume single byte */
+ mbs = mbsbak;
+ }
+
+ s += clen;
+ nc++;
+ mbsbak = mbs;
+ }
+ return nc;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
+ length of a parameter. */
+static intmax_t
+parameter_brace_expand_length (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *t, *newname;
+ intmax_t number, arg_index;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+#endif
+
+ if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
+ switch (name[1])
+ {
+ case '-':
+ t = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ t = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+ case '!':
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ t = (char *)NULL; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
+ else
+ t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ t = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+ }
+ number = STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1))
+ number = array_length_reference (name + 1);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else
+ {
+ number = 0;
+
+ if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */
+ {
+ t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else
+ t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ }
+#endif
+ else /* ${#PS1} */
+ {
+ newname = savestring (name);
+ newname[0] = '$';
+ list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL;
+ free (newname);
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (number);
+}
+
+/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
+ so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
+ the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
+ 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
+ 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
+*/
+
+static char *
+skiparith (substr, delim)
+ char *substr;
+ int delim;
+{
+ size_t sublen;
+ int skipcol, pcount, i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ i = skipcol = pcount = 0;
+ while (substr[i])
+ {
+ /* Balance parens */
+ if (substr[i] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ pcount++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == RPAREN && pcount)
+ {
+ pcount--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (pcount)
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip one `:' for each `?' */
+ if (substr[i] == ':' && skipcol)
+ {
+ skipcol--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == delim)
+ break;
+ if (substr[i] == '?')
+ {
+ skipcol++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ }
+
+ return (substr + i);
+}
+
+/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
+ VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
+ then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
+ VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
+ Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
+ with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
+static int
+verify_substring_values (v, value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *value, *substr;
+ int vtype;
+ intmax_t *e1p, *e2p;
+{
+ char *t, *temp1, *temp2;
+ arrayind_t len;
+ int expok;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+#endif
+
+ /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
+ t = skiparith (substr, ':');
+ if (*t && *t == ':')
+ *t = '\0';
+ else
+ t = (char *)0;
+
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ *e1p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = -1; /* paranoia */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ len = MB_STRLEN (value);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ len = number_of_args () + 1;
+ if (*e1p == 0)
+ len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
+ offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
+ arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ {
+ h = assoc_cell (v);
+ len = assoc_num_elements (h) + (*e1p < 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ a = (ARRAY *)value;
+ len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (len == -1) /* paranoia */
+ return -1;
+
+ if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
+ *e1p += len;
+
+ if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR)
+ len = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_num_elements (h) : array_num_elements (a);
+#endif
+
+ if (t)
+ {
+ t++;
+ temp2 = savestring (t);
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ free (temp2);
+ t[-1] = ':';
+ *e2p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+ if ((vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR || vtype == VT_POSPARMS) && *e2p < 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
+ to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
+ specific functions. */
+ if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (*e2p < 0)
+ {
+ *e2p += len;
+ if (*e2p < 0 || *e2p < *e1p)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
+ if (*e2p > len)
+ *e2p = len;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p = len;
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
+ positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
+ by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
+ QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
+ FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
+ non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
+ passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
+ If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
+ characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
+ steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
+static int
+get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, varp, valp)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ int quoted, flags;
+ SHELL_VAR **varp;
+ char **valp;
+{
+ int vtype;
+ char *temp;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+#endif
+ arrayind_t lind;
+
+ /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
+ vtype = (varname[0] == '@' || varname[0] == '*') && varname[1] == '\0';
+ if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && varname[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (varname))
+ {
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &temp, (int *)0);
+ /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
+ set LIND to that index */
+ lind = (ind != INTMAX_MIN && (flags & AV_USEIND)) ? ind : 0;
+ if (v && (array_p (v) || assoc_p (v)))
+ { /* [ */
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']')
+ {
+ /* Callers have to differentiate betwen indexed and associative */
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR;
+ if (temp[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *valp = array_p (v) ? (char *)array_cell (v) : (char *)assoc_cell (v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *valp = array_value (varname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
+ *varp = v;
+ }
+ else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']'))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
+ *varp = v;
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = array_value (varname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((v = find_variable (varname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && (assoc_p (v) || array_p (v)))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ {
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ *valp = value;
+ }
+
+ return vtype;
+}
+
+/******************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
+/* */
+/******************************************************/
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
+ E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
+ multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
+ Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
+static char *
+mb_substring (string, s, e)
+ char *string;
+ int s, e;
+{
+ char *tt;
+ int start, stop, i, slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ start = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0;
+
+ i = s;
+ while (string[start] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start);
+ stop = start;
+ i = e - s;
+ while (string[stop] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop);
+ tt = substring (string, start, stop);
+ return tt;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
+ is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
+ VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, ind, substr, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *substr;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ intmax_t e1, e2;
+ int vtype, r, starsub;
+ char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ r = verify_substring_values (v, val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ if (r <= 0)
+ return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2);
+ else
+#endif
+ tt = substring (val, e1, e2);
+
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ temp = quote_string (tt);
+ else
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = tt;
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
+ element -- officially undefined for now */
+ temp = assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ else
+ /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be sparse,
+ so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers specified and we
+ rely on array_subrange to understand how to deal with them). */
+ temp = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ /* array_subrange now calls array_quote_escapes as appropriate, so the
+ caller no longer needs to. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+static int
+shouldexp_replacement (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\\')
+ p++;
+ else if (*p == '&')
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ char *ret, *s, *e, *str, *rstr, *mstr;
+ int rsize, rptr, l, replen, mtype, rxpand, rslen, mlen;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return (savestring (""));
+
+ mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
+
+#if 0 /* bash-4.2 ? */
+ rxpand = (rep && *rep) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep) : 0;
+#else
+ rxpand = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Special cases:
+ * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
+ * with REP and return the result.
+ * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
+ * STRING and return the result.
+ * These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
+ */
+ if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END))
+ {
+ replen = STRLEN (rep);
+ l = STRLEN (string);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
+ if (replen == 0)
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, rep);
+ strcpy (ret + replen, string);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ strcpy (ret + l, rep);
+ }
+ return (ret);
+ }
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+
+ for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string;;)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
+ break;
+ l = s - str;
+
+ if (rxpand)
+ {
+ int x;
+ mlen = e - s;
+ mstr = xmalloc (mlen + 1);
+ for (x = 0; x < mlen; x++)
+ mstr[x] = s[x];
+ mstr[mlen] = '\0';
+ rstr = strcreplace (rep, '&', mstr, 0);
+ rslen = strlen (rstr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rstr = rep;
+ rslen = replen;
+ }
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + rslen), rsize, 64);
+
+ /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
+ str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
+ the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
+ rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
+ if (l)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
+ rptr += l;
+ }
+ if (replen)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, rstr, rslen);
+ rptr += rslen;
+ }
+ str = e; /* e == end of match */
+
+ if (rstr != rep)
+ free (rstr);
+
+ if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
+ break;
+
+ if (s == e)
+ {
+ /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
+ we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, 1, rsize, 64);
+ ret[rptr++] = *str++;
+ e++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
+ if (str && *str)
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
+ strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
+ }
+ else
+ ret[rptr] = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
+static char *
+pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+
+#if 0
+ if ((mflags & (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB)) == (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB))
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (save));
+ else if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB)
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (save);
+ else if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED)
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (save, qflags);
+ else
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (save);
+#else
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags);
+#endif
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
+ and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
+ the type of quoting currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, ind, patsub, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patsub;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, mflags, starsub, delim;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ mflags = 0;
+ if (patsub && *patsub == '/')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
+ patsub++;
+ }
+
+ /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
+ functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
+ lpatsub = savestring (patsub);
+
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
+ for the replacement delimiter. */
+#if 0
+ if (rep = quoted_strchr ((*patsub == '/') ? lpatsub+1 : lpatsub, '/', ST_BACKSL))
+ *rep++ = '\0';
+ else
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+#else
+ delim = skip_to_delim (lpatsub, ((*patsub == '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
+ if (lpatsub[delim] == '/')
+ {
+ lpatsub[delim] = 0;
+ rep = lpatsub + delim + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+ if (rep && *rep == '\0')
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. */
+ pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1);
+
+ if (rep)
+ {
+ if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ else
+ rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ }
+
+ /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
+ pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
+ at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
+ though. */
+ p = pat;
+ if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP)
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_END;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+
+ /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
+ flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
+ everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
+ replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
+ CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
+ values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
+ code works right. We need to requote special chars after
+ we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
+ other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
+ indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v), p, rep, mflags)
+ : array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
+ /* Don't call quote_escapes anymore; array_patsub calls
+ array_quote_escapes as appropriate before adding the
+ space separators; ditto for assoc_patsub. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ FREE (rep);
+ free (lpatsub);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
+
+static char *
+pos_params_modcase (string, pat, modop, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int modop;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = sh_modcase (params->word->word, pat, modop);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags);
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
+ to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
+ currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_casemod (varname, value, ind, modspec, patspec, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind, modspec;
+ char *patspec;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, starsub, modop, mflags, x;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *p, *lpat, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ modop = 0;
+ mflags = 0;
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ p = patspec;
+ if (modspec == '^')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_UPFIRST;
+ p += x;
+ }
+ else if (modspec == ',')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_LOWFIRST;
+ p += x;
+ }
+ else if (modspec == '~')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_TOGGLEALL : CASE_TOGGLE;
+ p += x;
+ }
+
+ lpat = p ? savestring (p) : 0;
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. FOR LATER */
+ pat = lpat ? getpattern (lpat, quoted, 1) : 0;
+
+ /* OK, now we do the case modification. */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = sh_modcase (val, pat, modop);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_modcase (val, pat, modop, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags)
+ : array_modcase (array_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags);
+ /* Don't call quote_escapes; array_modcase calls array_quote_escapes
+ as appropriate before adding the space separators; ditto for
+ assoc_modcase. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ free (lpat);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
+ any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
+ Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
+ ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
+ means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
+ will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
+static int
+chk_arithsub (s, len)
+ const char *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, count;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = count = 0;
+ while (i < len)
+ {
+ if (s[i] == LPAREN)
+ count++;
+ else if (s[i] == RPAREN)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count < 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (s[i])
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (count == 0);
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int *indexp, quoted, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at, pflags;
+{
+ int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special;
+ int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub, want_casemod;
+ char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int t_index, sindex, c, tflag, modspec;
+ intmax_t number;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ temp = temp1 = value = (char *)NULL;
+ var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0;
+ want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = want_casemod = 0;
+
+ sindex = *indexp;
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
+ if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", SX_VARNAME);
+ else
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
+ change the 1 to 0. */
+# if defined (CASEMOD_CAPCASE)
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+# else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+# endif /* CASEMOD_CAPCASE */
+#else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+#endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
+
+ ret = 0;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ ind = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
+ that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
+ to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. */
+ if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index])))
+ {
+ t_index++;
+ free (name);
+ temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 0);
+ name = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (strlen (temp1)));
+ *name = string[sindex];
+ if (string[sindex] == '!')
+ {
+ /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
+ name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
+ strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ strcpy (name + 1, temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
+ do the appropriate thing. */
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
+ characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
+ a substring specification is being given, and do not move
+ past it. */
+ if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ check_nullness++;
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ want_substring = 1;
+ else if (c == '/' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ want_patsub = 1;
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (c == '^' || c == ',' || c == '~')
+ {
+ modspec = c;
+ want_casemod = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
+ tests above. */
+ /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
+ Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3);
+ name[1] = c;
+ name[2] = '\0';
+ c = string[sindex++];
+ }
+
+ /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
+ either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
+ variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
+ want_indir = *name == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]));
+
+ /* Determine the value of this variable. */
+
+ /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
+ if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir))
+ var_is_special++;
+
+ /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
+ if (*name == '#' && name[1])
+ {
+ /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
+ closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
+ Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
+ substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
+ to go on. */
+ if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0))
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name);
+ if (number == INTMAX_MIN && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (name+1);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ free (name);
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+ if (number < 0)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = itos (number);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* ${@} is identical to $@. */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') &&
+ legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1]))
+ {
+ char **x;
+ WORD_LIST *xlist;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ number = strlen (temp1);
+ temp1[number - 1] = '\0';
+ x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1);
+ xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0);
+ if (string[sindex - 2] == '*')
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+ free (x);
+ dispose_words (xlist);
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */ /* [ */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ string[sindex - 2] == ']' && valid_array_reference (name+1))
+ {
+ char *x, *x1;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ x = array_variable_name (temp1, &x1, (int *)0); /* [ */
+ FREE (x);
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == ']')
+ {
+ temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted); /* handles assoc vars too */
+ if (x1[0] == '@')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+ /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
+ if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name,
+ var_is_special) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ if (want_indir)
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ else
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, PF_IGNUNBOUND|(pflags&PF_NOSPLIT2), &ind);
+
+ if (tdesc)
+ {
+ temp = tdesc->word;
+ tflag = tdesc->flags;
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)0;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+#endif
+
+ var_is_set = temp != (char *)0;
+ var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0);
+
+ /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
+ if (c && c != RBRACE)
+ {
+ /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
+ according to the Posix.2 rules. */
+ value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, (c == '%' || c == '#') ? SX_POSIXEXP : 0);
+ if (string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ sindex++;
+ else
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+ else
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
+ variable error. */
+ if (want_substring || want_patsub || want_casemod || c == '#' || c == '%' || c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && ((name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '*') || name[1]))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
+ if (want_substring)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if (want_patsub)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (want_casemod)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_casemod (name, temp, ind, modspec, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ case '\0':
+ bad_substitution:
+ report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+
+ case RBRACE:
+ break;
+
+ case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
+ case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ break;
+ }
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+
+ case '-':
+ case '=':
+ case '?':
+ case '+':
+ if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
+ variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
+ if (c == '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ FREE (temp);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
+ requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
+ double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
+ quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
+ free (value);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ }
+ /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
+ }
+ else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (c == '=' && var_is_special)
+ {
+ report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name);
+ free (name);
+ free (value);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ else if (c == '?')
+ {
+ parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ else if (c != '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
+ that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
+ removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
+ }
+ free (value);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ free (name);
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
+ the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
+ possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p,
+ pflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags;
+{
+ char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3];
+ int zindex, t_index, expok;
+ unsigned char c;
+ intmax_t number;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int tflag;
+
+ zindex = *sindex;
+ c = string[++zindex];
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* $0 .. $9? */
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)];
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ if (temp1)
+ temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ break;
+
+ /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
+ case '$':
+ temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
+ case '#':
+ temp = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+
+ /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
+ case '?':
+ temp = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+
+ /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
+ case '-':
+ temp = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+
+ /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
+ case '!':
+ /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
+ If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
+ been created, this is an expansion error. */
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ {
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
+ case '*': /* `$*' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '*';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
+ disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
+ even if it's quoted. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0)
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
+ {
+ /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
+ parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
+ quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
+ is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
+ null, the parameters are concatenated. */
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ temp1 = quote_string (temp);
+ if (*temp == 0)
+ tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
+ for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
+ an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
+ arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
+ identical to $@ */
+#if 1
+# if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+# else
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0)
+# endif
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+#else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+#endif
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
+ means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
+ the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
+ on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
+ case '@': /* `$@' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '@';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
+ off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
+ string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
+ way to signal that the final split on the first character
+ of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
+ /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
+ if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ *quoted_dollar_at_p = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+#if 0
+ if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2)
+ temp = string_list_internal (quoted ? quote_list (list) : list, " ");
+ else
+#endif
+ /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
+ character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
+ We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
+ according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
+ parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ case LBRACE:
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, pflags,
+ quoted_dollar_at_p,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ return (tdesc);
+ temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0;
+
+ /* XXX */
+ /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
+ in the string. */
+ /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
+ the end of this function if there are no other characters
+ in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
+ this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
+ special handling. */
+ if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ {
+ if (had_quoted_null_p)
+ *had_quoted_null_p = 1;
+ if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ ret = tdesc;
+ goto return0;
+
+ /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
+ case LPAREN:
+ /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index, 0);
+ zindex = t_index;
+
+ /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
+ extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
+ if (temp && *temp == LPAREN)
+ {
+ char *temp2;
+ temp1 = temp + 1;
+ temp2 = savestring (temp1);
+ t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1;
+
+ if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Cut off ending `)' */
+ temp2[t_index] = '\0';
+
+ if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+#if 0
+ internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
+#endif
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ free (temp2);
+
+arithsub:
+ /* No error messages. */
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ number = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ else
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ }
+ temp = itos (number);
+ break;
+ }
+
+comsub:
+ if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
+ temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1);
+ else
+ {
+ tdesc = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ temp1 = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tdesc)
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ break;
+
+ /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
+ away in a future bash release. */
+ case '[':
+ /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index);
+ zindex = t_index;
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ temp = savestring (string);
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* Do initial variable expansion. */
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+
+ goto arithsub;
+
+ default:
+ /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++)
+ ;
+ temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
+ if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (temp1);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ temp[0] = '$';
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
+ var = find_variable (temp1);
+
+ if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var))
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (var) || array_p (var))
+ {
+ temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0)
+ : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ else if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ goto unbound_variable;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+unbound_variable:
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0)
+ ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
+ : &expand_wdesc_error);
+ }
+
+ if (string[zindex])
+ zindex++;
+
+return0:
+ *sindex = zindex;
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
+ quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
+ the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
+ word list returned is also null.
+
+ QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
+
+ ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
+ treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
+ how IFS characters in the word are treated.
+
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
+ they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
+ EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
+ else zero.
+
+ This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
+ case, we split on ' '. */
+
+/* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
+#define UNQUOTED 0
+#define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
+#define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted, isexp;
+ int *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *expanded_something;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
+ char *istring;
+
+ /* The current size of the above object. */
+ int istring_size;
+
+ /* Index into ISTRING. */
+ int istring_index;
+
+ /* Temporary string storage. */
+ char *temp, *temp1;
+
+ /* The text of WORD. */
+ register char *string;
+
+ /* The size of STRING. */
+ size_t string_size;
+
+ /* The index into STRING. */
+ int sindex;
+
+ /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
+ int quoted_dollar_at;
+
+ /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
+ whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
+ string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
+ int quoted_state;
+
+ /* State flags */
+ int had_quoted_null;
+ int has_dollar_at;
+ int tflag;
+ int pflags; /* flags passed to param_expand */
+
+ int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
+
+ register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */
+ int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
+
+ char twochars[2];
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0';
+ quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0;
+ quoted_state = UNQUOTED;
+
+ string = word->word;
+ if (string == 0)
+ goto finished_with_string;
+ /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
+ multibyte characters are possible. */
+ string_size = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ assignoff = -1;
+
+ /* Begin the expansion. */
+
+ for (sindex = 0; ;)
+ {
+ c = string[sindex];
+
+ /* Case on toplevel character. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\0':
+ goto finished_with_string;
+
+ case CTLESC:
+ sindex++;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && string[sindex])
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c = string[sindex];
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+
+dollar_add_string:
+ if (string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+add_string:
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size);
+ temp = (char *)0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Process substitution. */
+ case '<':
+ case '>':
+ {
+ if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & (W_DQUOTE|W_NOPROCSUB)) || posixly_correct)
+ {
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
+
+ temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index); /*))*/
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
+ open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
+ it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
+ and consume input. */
+ temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0;
+
+ FREE (temp1);
+
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+ case '=':
+ /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
+ which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
+ shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
+ on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
+ include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
+ contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
+ now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
+ to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
+ assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
+ even in POSIX mode. */
+ if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE))
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
+ expansion, note where the `=' appears in the word and prepare to
+ do tilde expansion following the first `='. */
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0)
+ assignoff = sindex;
+ if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+#if 0
+ else if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+#endif
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case ':':
+ if (word->flags & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS|W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case '~':
+ /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
+ at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
+ assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. */
+ if ((word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_DQUOTE)) ||
+ (sindex > 0 && ((word->flags & W_ITILDE) == 0)) ||
+ (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ {
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ tflag = 2;
+ else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP))
+ tflag = 1;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index);
+
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0)
+ {
+ temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag);
+ if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1))
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ FREE (temp1);
+ goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */
+ }
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ sindex += t_index;
+ goto add_quoted_string; /* XXX was add_string */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ case '$':
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ has_dollar_at = 0;
+ pflags = (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ pflags |= PF_NOSPLIT2;
+ tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ &has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at,
+ &had_quoted_null, pflags);
+
+ if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ {
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+ if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1;
+
+ temp = tword->word;
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+
+ goto add_string;
+ break;
+
+ case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
+ {
+ t_index = sindex++;
+
+ temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", SX_REQMATCH);
+ /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
+ ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
+ if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal)
+ {
+ if (sindex - 1 == t_index)
+ {
+ sindex = t_index;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string+t_index);
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
+ temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1);
+ else
+ {
+ de_backslash (temp);
+ tword = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ temp1 = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tword)
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+
+ case '\\':
+ if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ sindex += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ c = string[++sindex];
+
+ if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
+ tflag = CBSHDOC;
+ else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ tflag = CBSDQUOTE;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
+ a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
+ if ((quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0))
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+
+ sindex++;
+add_twochars:
+ /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0];
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1];
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+#if 0
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (word->flags & W_DQUOTE))
+#else
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+#endif
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, 0);
+
+ /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
+ whole word was quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ if (temp && *temp)
+ {
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ tword->word = temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ has_dollar_at = 0;
+ /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
+ list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
+
+ if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ free (istring);
+ free (string);
+ /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
+ for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
+ tword->word = (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word (tword);
+ return list;
+ }
+
+ dispose_word (tword);
+
+ /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
+ not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
+ parameters. */
+ if (list == 0 && has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
+ need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
+ a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
+ can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
+ from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
+ a single word, in which all characters are quoted and
+ separated by blanks. What we want to do is to turn it back
+ into a list for the next piece of code. */
+ if (list)
+ dequote_list (list);
+
+ if (list && list->word && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1;
+
+ if (has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
+ FREE (temp);
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
+ where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
+ rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
+ as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
+ quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
+ add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
+ (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
+ as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ if (list->next)
+ {
+#if 0
+ if (quoted_dollar_at && (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2))
+ temp = string_list_internal (quote_list (list), " ");
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
+ split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
+ temp = quoted_dollar_at
+ ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ : string_list (quote_list (list));
+ dispose_words (list);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp = savestring (list->word->word);
+ tflag = list->word->flags;
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
+ to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
+ We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
+ the empty string, though. We do this because we
+ want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
+ contain other characters. For example, if we have
+ x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
+ the $* should expand into nothing. */
+ /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
+ cases: a quoted null character as above and when
+ CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
+ of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
+ pass the value through this function to its caller. */
+ if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; we can throw them away. */
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
+ continue;
+
+ add_quoted_string:
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = temp;
+ temp = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Add NULL arg. */
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ case '\'':
+#if 0
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (word->flags & W_DQUOTE))
+#else
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+#endif
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex);
+
+ /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
+ then the string is wholly quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
+ if (*temp == '\0')
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. */
+ if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ goto add_quoted_string;
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ default:
+ /* This is the fix for " $@ " */
+ add_ifs_character:
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c)))
+ {
+ if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
+ sindex++;
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ sindex--;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ twochars[0] = CTLESC;
+ twochars[1] = c;
+ goto add_twochars;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+
+ add_character:
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* Next character. */
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+
+finished_with_string:
+ /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
+ quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
+ we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
+ do if nothing has been expanded. */
+
+ /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
+ string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
+ which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
+ exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
+ positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
+
+ /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
+ quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
+ if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
+ "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
+ processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
+ equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
+ saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
+ need to. */
+
+ /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
+ in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
+ The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
+ there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
+ the word away. */
+
+ if (*istring == '\0')
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ {
+ istring[0] = CTLNUL;
+ istring[1] = '\0';
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+ /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
+ and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
+ word is removed. */
+ else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at)
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#if 0
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+#else
+ else
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND; /* XXX */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (had_quoted_null)
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *ifs_chars;
+
+ ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
+ IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
+ positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
+ set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
+ string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
+ with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. */
+ if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
+ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND;
+ if (had_quoted_null)
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (istring);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Quote Removal */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
+char *
+string_quote_removal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send;
+ int sindex, tindex, dquote;
+ unsigned char c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ c = string[++sindex];
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ }
+ if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ default:
+ SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ tindex = sindex + 1;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (r, temp);
+ r += strlen (r);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ sindex = tindex;
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result_string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
+ WORD_DESC *. */
+WORD_DESC *
+word_quote_removal (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = t ? t : savestring ("");
+ return (w);
+}
+
+/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
+ double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+#if 0
+ result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+#else
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to perform word splitting *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+void
+setifs (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+{
+ char *t;
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ ifs_var = v;
+ ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
+
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
+ handle multibyte chars in IFS */
+ memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
+ for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
+ {
+ uc = *t;
+ ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_value == 0)
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t ifs_len;
+ ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
+ ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
+ ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
+ }
+#else
+ ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+getifs ()
+{
+ return ifs_value;
+}
+
+/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
+ is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
+ don't do any splitting. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_split (w, ifs_chars)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ifs_chars;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (w)
+ {
+ char *xifs;
+
+ xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars;
+ result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
+ }
+ else
+ result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
+ to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+word_list_split (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/**************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
+ * *
+ **************************************************/
+
+/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
+static void
+exp_jump_to_top_level (v)
+ int v;
+{
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value);
+
+ /* Cleanup code goes here. */
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+
+ if (parse_and_execute_level == 0)
+ top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
+
+ jump_to_top_level (v);
+}
+
+/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
+ ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
+#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
+ do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
+
+/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
+ been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
+ variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
+ on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+separate_out_assignments (tlist)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp;
+
+ if (tlist == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
+
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ vp = lp = tlist;
+
+ /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
+ Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
+ Loop postcondition:
+ lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
+ tlist = original list of words
+ */
+ while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT))
+ {
+ vp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+
+ /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
+ We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
+ words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
+ if (lp != tlist)
+ {
+ subst_assign_varlist = tlist;
+ /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
+ vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */
+ tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */
+ }
+
+ /* vp == end of variable list */
+ /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
+ if (!tlist)
+ /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
+ /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
+
+ /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
+ words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
+ SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+ if (place_keywords_in_env)
+ {
+ WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
+
+ tp = tlist;
+ lp = tlist->next;
+
+ /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
+ /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
+ while (lp)
+ {
+ if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
+ subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
+ if (!subst_assign_varlist)
+ subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp;
+ else
+ {
+ vp->next = lp;
+ vp = lp;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
+ tp->next = lp->next;
+ /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
+ lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ lp = tp->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (tlist);
+}
+
+#define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
+#define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
+#define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
+#define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
+#define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
+
+/* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
+ quote removal. */
+#define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
+
+/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
+ a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
+ variable assignments. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL));
+}
+
+/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
+ variables. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_no_vars (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS));
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_shellexp (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP));
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ char **glob_array, *temp_string;
+ register int glob_index;
+ WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+ while (tlist)
+ {
+ /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
+ added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
+ added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
+ of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
+ expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
+ original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
+ failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
+ added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
+ in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
+ be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
+ words are freed. */
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
+ pattern matching character, then glob it. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 &&
+ unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word))
+ {
+ glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word);
+
+ /* Handle error cases.
+ I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
+ or directory". However, I would like to report errors
+ like "Read failed". */
+
+ if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
+ {
+ glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
+ glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
+ if (glob_array[0] == NULL)
+ {
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ }
+
+ /* Make the array into a word list. */
+ glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]);
+ tword->flags |= W_GLOBEXP; /* XXX */
+ glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list);
+ }
+
+ if (glob_list)
+ {
+ output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list);
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0)
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Dequote the string. */
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ strvec_dispose (glob_array);
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+
+ tlist = next;
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+static WORD_LIST *
+brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ register char **expansions;
+ char *temp_string;
+ WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int eindex;
+
+ for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
+ not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
+ the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
+ degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
+ basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
+ by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
+ is reached. */
+ if (mbschr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
+ {
+ expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word);
+
+ for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++)
+ {
+ w = make_word (temp_string);
+ /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
+ the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
+ unconditionally someday -- XXX */
+ if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word))
+ w->flags = tlist->word->flags;
+ output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list);
+ free (expansions[eindex]);
+ }
+ free (expansions);
+
+ /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
+ expansion has been performed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* Take WORD, a compound associative array assignment, and internally run
+ 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. */
+static int
+make_internal_declare (word, option)
+ char *word;
+ char *option;
+{
+ int t;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+
+ w = make_word (word);
+
+ t = assignment (w->word, 0);
+ w->word[t] = '\0';
+
+ wl = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ wl = make_word_list (make_word (option), wl);
+
+ return (declare_builtin (wl));
+}
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list;
+ int expanded_something, has_dollar_at;
+ char *temp_string;
+
+ /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ temp_string = tlist->word->word;
+
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
+ such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
+ it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
+ functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
+ because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
+ its own. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+ int t;
+
+ if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ make_internal_declare (tlist->word->word, "-A");
+
+ t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word);
+ if (t == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+
+ /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
+ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
+ tlist->word->word[t] = '\0';
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNASSOC);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ expanded_something = 0;
+ expanded = expand_word_internal
+ (tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something);
+
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned,
+ tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
+ tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+ /* Dispose the new list we're building. */
+ dispose_words (new_list);
+
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+
+ /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
+ if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0)
+ {
+ temp_list = word_list_split (expanded);
+ dispose_words (expanded);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
+ substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
+ do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
+ null characters from the result. */
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded);
+ temp_list = expanded;
+ }
+
+ expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *);
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list);
+ }
+
+ if (orig_list)
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+
+ if (new_list)
+ new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
+
+/* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
+ First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
+ Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
+ performed.
+
+ This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
+ to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
+ set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
+ Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list;
+ int tint;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list);
+ if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN)
+ {
+ garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
+ if (new_list == 0)
+ {
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
+ into the shell's environment. */
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */
+ tint = do_word_assignment (temp_list->word);
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
+ running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
+ things that aren't really variable assignments. */
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+ /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
+ in the string. */
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list)
+ new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
+
+ /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
+ variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. */
+ new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+
+ /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
+ globbing. */
+ if (new_list)
+ {
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0)
+ /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
+ new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+ else
+ /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
+ new_list = dequote_list (new_list);
+ }
+
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func;
+ int is_special_builtin;
+
+ /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
+ that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
+ environment. */
+ assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_word_assignment;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
+
+ /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
+ occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
+ is_special_builtin = (posixly_correct && new_list && find_special_builtin (new_list->word->word));
+
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ assigning_in_environment = (assign_func == assign_in_env);
+ tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word);
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
+ in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ if (assign_func == do_word_assignment)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct && is_special_builtin)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ tempenv_assign_error++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ tint = list_length (new_list) + 1;
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (glob_argv_flags, 0, tint, glob_argv_flags_size, 16);
+ for (tint = 0, temp_list = new_list; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ glob_argv_flags[tint++] = (temp_list->word->flags & W_GLOBEXP) ? '1' : '0';
+ glob_argv_flags[tint] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
-/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.0. */
+/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.3. */
-/* Skeleton parser for Yacc-like parsing with Bison,
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C
+
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
+ part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
+ under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
+ parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
+ as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
+ the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
+ special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
+ Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
+ License without this special exception.
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
- Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
- This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
- in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
+ version 2.2 of Bison. */
-/* Written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the original so called
- ``semantic'' parser. */
+/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by
+ simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */
/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
/* Identify Bison output. */
#define YYBISON 1
+/* Bison version. */
+#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.3"
+
/* Skeleton name. */
#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
yacc_EOF = 304
};
#endif
+/* Tokens. */
#define IF 258
#define THEN 259
#define ELSE 260
# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0
#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSTYPE) && ! defined (YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED)
+/* Enabling the token table. */
+#ifndef YYTOKEN_TABLE
+# define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
+typedef union YYSTYPE
#line 323 "parse.y"
-typedef union YYSTYPE {
+{
WORD_DESC *word; /* the word that we read. */
int number; /* the number that we read. */
WORD_LIST *word_list;
REDIRECT *redirect;
ELEMENT element;
PATTERN_LIST *pattern;
-} YYSTYPE;
-/* Line 185 of yacc.c. */
-#line 486 "y.tab.c"
+}
+/* Line 187 of yacc.c. */
+#line 506 "y.tab.c"
+ YYSTYPE;
# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
/* Copy the second part of user declarations. */
-/* Line 213 of yacc.c. */
-#line 498 "y.tab.c"
+/* Line 216 of yacc.c. */
+#line 519 "y.tab.c"
+
+#ifdef short
+# undef short
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8
+typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8
+typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8;
+#elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+typedef signed char yytype_int8;
+#else
+typedef short int yytype_int8;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16
+typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16;
+#else
+typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16
+typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16;
+#else
+typedef short int yytype_int16;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSIZE_T
+# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
+# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+# elif defined size_t
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# else
+# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
+# endif
+#endif
-#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1)
-# ifndef YYFREE
-# define YYFREE free
+#ifndef YY_
+# if YYENABLE_NLS
+# if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid)
+# endif
# endif
-# ifndef YYMALLOC
-# define YYMALLOC malloc
+# ifndef YY_
+# define YY_(msgid) msgid
# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */
+#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
+# define YYUSE(e) ((void) (e))
+#else
+# define YYUSE(e) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions. */
+#ifndef lint
+# define YYID(n) (n)
+#else
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+static int
+YYID (int i)
+#else
+static int
+YYID (i)
+ int i;
+#endif
+{
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE
/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR
+# include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# elif defined _AIX
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define alloca _alloca
# else
# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# ifndef _STDLIB_H
+# define _STDLIB_H 1
+# endif
+# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
- /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
-# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
-# else
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+ /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
+# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0))
+# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
+ /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+ and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely
+ invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number
+ to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
# endif
+# else
# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
+# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
+# endif
+# if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined _STDLIB_H \
+ && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
+ && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
+# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# ifndef _STDLIB_H
+# define _STDLIB_H 1
+# endif
+# endif
+# ifndef YYMALLOC
+# define YYMALLOC malloc
+# if ! defined malloc && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# endif
+# endif
+# ifndef YYFREE
+# define YYFREE free
+# if ! defined free && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# endif
+# endif
# endif
-#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */
-#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
- && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
- || (defined (YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL) && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+#if (! defined yyoverflow \
+ && (! defined __cplusplus \
+ || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
union yyalloc
{
- short int yyss;
+ yytype_int16 yyss;
YYSTYPE yyvs;
};
/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
N elements. */
# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (sizeof (short int) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
+ ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
+ YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do
not overlap. */
# ifndef YYCOPY
-# if defined (__GNUC__) && 1 < __GNUC__
+# if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
__builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
# else
# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
do \
{ \
- register YYSIZE_T yyi; \
+ YYSIZE_T yyi; \
for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
(To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \
} \
- while (0)
+ while (YYID (0))
# endif
# endif
yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
} \
- while (0)
-
-#endif
+ while (YYID (0))
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
- typedef signed char yysigned_char;
-#else
- typedef short int yysigned_char;
#endif
-/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */
+/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */
#define YYFINAL 116
/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */
#define YYLAST 659
-/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */
+/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */
#define YYNTOKENS 61
-/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */
+/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */
#define YYNNTS 38
-/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */
+/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */
#define YYNRULES 167
-/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */
+/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */
#define YYNSTATES 342
/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */
#define YYUNDEFTOK 2
#define YYMAXUTOK 304
-#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \
+#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \
((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK)
/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */
-static const unsigned char yytranslate[] =
+static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] =
{
0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
51, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
#if YYDEBUG
/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
YYRHS. */
-static const unsigned short int yyprhs[] =
+static const yytype_uint16 yyprhs[] =
{
0, 0, 3, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 21,
24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 43, 47, 51, 54, 58,
655, 658, 661, 666, 671, 673, 675, 678
};
-/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
-static const yysigned_char yyrhs[] =
+/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
+static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] =
{
62, 0, -1, 94, 91, -1, 51, -1, 1, 51,
-1, 52, -1, 26, -1, 63, 26, -1, 54, 26,
};
/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
-static const unsigned short int yyrline[] =
+static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] =
{
0, 376, 376, 387, 396, 411, 421, 423, 427, 433,
439, 445, 451, 457, 463, 469, 475, 481, 487, 493,
};
#endif
-#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
-/* YYTNME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
- First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || YYTOKEN_TABLE
+/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+ First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
static const char *const yytname[] =
{
"$end", "error", "$undefined", "IF", "THEN", "ELSE", "ELIF", "FI",
# ifdef YYPRINT
/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to
token YYLEX-NUM. */
-static const unsigned short int yytoknum[] =
+static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] =
{
0, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264,
265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274,
# endif
/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
-static const unsigned char yyr1[] =
+static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] =
{
0, 61, 62, 62, 62, 62, 63, 63, 64, 64,
64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 64,
};
/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
-static const unsigned char yyr2[] =
+static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] =
{
0, 2, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2,
3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 3, 3, 2, 3, 3,
/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state
STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero
means the default is an error. */
-static const unsigned char yydefact[] =
+static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] =
{
0, 0, 147, 0, 0, 0, 147, 147, 0, 0,
0, 0, 165, 52, 53, 0, 0, 111, 0, 0,
91, 92
};
-/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
-static const short int yydefgoto[] =
+/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
+static const yytype_int16 yydefgoto[] =
{
-1, 34, 239, 35, 36, 120, 37, 38, 39, 40,
41, 42, 43, 44, 213, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
STATE-NUM. */
#define YYPACT_NINF -208
-static const short int yypact[] =
+static const yytype_int16 yypact[] =
{
296, -35, -208, -2, 38, 10, -208, -208, 24, 546,
31, 346, 51, 47, -208, 591, 604, -208, 56, 71,
};
/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
-static const short int yypgoto[] =
+static const yytype_int16 yypgoto[] =
{
-208, -208, 164, -37, -31, -62, 368, -208, -5, -208,
-208, -208, -208, -208, -206, -208, -208, -208, -208, -208,
number is the opposite. If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.
If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */
#define YYTABLE_NINF -1
-static const unsigned short int yytable[] =
+static const yytype_uint16 yytable[] =
{
64, 65, 119, 53, 69, 52, 118, 150, 100, 256,
130, 101, 137, 139, 75, 144, 56, 142, 148, 260,
94, 95, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 96, 97
};
-static const short int yycheck[] =
+static const yytype_int16 yycheck[] =
{
6, 7, 39, 0, 9, 0, 37, 69, 26, 215,
55, 29, 60, 61, 11, 63, 51, 62, 66, 226,
/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
symbol of state STATE-NUM. */
-static const unsigned char yystos[] =
+static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] =
{
0, 1, 3, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17,
18, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 36,
15, 58
};
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
-# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# endif
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
-# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
-#endif
-
#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
#define YYEMPTY (-2)
yychar = (Token); \
yylval = (Value); \
yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
- YYPOPSTACK; \
+ YYPOPSTACK (1); \
goto yybackup; \
} \
else \
- { \
- yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up");\
+ { \
+ yyerror (YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
YYERROR; \
} \
-while (0)
+while (YYID (0))
#define YYTERROR 1
#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
do \
- if (N) \
+ if (YYID (N)) \
{ \
(Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line; \
(Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column; \
(Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column; \
} \
- while (0)
+ while (YYID (0))
#endif
# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) \
fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d", \
- (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \
- (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column)
+ (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \
+ (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column)
# else
# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
# endif
do { \
if (yydebug) \
YYFPRINTF Args; \
-} while (0)
+} while (YYID (0))
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- { \
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \
- yysymprint (stderr, \
- Type, Value); \
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \
- } \
-} while (0)
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \
+do { \
+ if (yydebug) \
+ { \
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \
+ yy_symbol_print (stderr, \
+ Type, Value); \
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \
+ } \
+} while (YYID (0))
+
+
+/*--------------------------------.
+| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. |
+`--------------------------------*/
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+static void
+yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
+#else
+static void
+yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep)
+ FILE *yyoutput;
+ int yytype;
+ YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep;
+#endif
+{
+ if (!yyvaluep)
+ return;
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+ if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
+ YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);
+# else
+ YYUSE (yyoutput);
+# endif
+ switch (yytype)
+ {
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*--------------------------------.
+| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. |
+`--------------------------------*/
+
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+static void
+yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
+#else
+static void
+yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep)
+ FILE *yyoutput;
+ int yytype;
+ YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep;
+#endif
+{
+ if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
+ YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]);
+ else
+ YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]);
+
+ yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep);
+ YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
+}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
| TOP (included). |
`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
-yy_stack_print (short int *bottom, short int *top)
+yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *bottom, yytype_int16 *top)
#else
static void
yy_stack_print (bottom, top)
- short int *bottom;
- short int *top;
+ yytype_int16 *bottom;
+ yytype_int16 *top;
#endif
{
YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
- for (/* Nothing. */; bottom <= top; ++bottom)
+ for (; bottom <= top; ++bottom)
YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *bottom);
YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
}
do { \
if (yydebug) \
yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \
-} while (0)
+} while (YYID (0))
/*------------------------------------------------.
| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. |
`------------------------------------------------*/
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
-yy_reduce_print (int yyrule)
+yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, int yyrule)
#else
static void
-yy_reduce_print (yyrule)
+yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yyrule)
+ YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
int yyrule;
#endif
{
+ int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
int yyi;
- unsigned int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %u), ",
- yyrule - 1, yylno);
- /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
- for (yyi = yyprhs[yyrule]; 0 <= yyrhs[yyi]; yyi++)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname [yyrhs[yyi]]);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "-> %s\n", yytname [yyr1[yyrule]]);
+ unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n",
+ yyrule - 1, yylno);
+ /* The symbols being reduced. */
+ for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1);
+ yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi],
+ &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])
+ );
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
}
# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \
do { \
if (yydebug) \
- yy_reduce_print (Rule); \
-} while (0)
+ yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, Rule); \
+} while (YYID (0))
/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
multiple parsers can coexist. */
if the built-in stack extension method is used).
Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
- SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+ YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
# ifndef yystrlen
-# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H
# define yystrlen strlen
# else
/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static YYSIZE_T
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
yystrlen (const char *yystr)
-# else
+#else
+static YYSIZE_T
yystrlen (yystr)
- const char *yystr;
-# endif
+ const char *yystr;
+#endif
{
- register const char *yys = yystr;
-
- while (*yys++ != '\0')
+ YYSIZE_T yylen;
+ for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++)
continue;
-
- return yys - yystr - 1;
+ return yylen;
}
# endif
# endif
# ifndef yystpcpy
-# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE
# define yystpcpy stpcpy
# else
/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
YYDEST. */
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static char *
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
-# else
+#else
+static char *
yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
- char *yydest;
- const char *yysrc;
-# endif
+ char *yydest;
+ const char *yysrc;
+#endif
{
- register char *yyd = yydest;
- register const char *yys = yysrc;
+ char *yyd = yydest;
+ const char *yys = yysrc;
while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
continue;
# endif
# endif
-#endif /* !YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+# ifndef yytnamerr
+/* Copy to YYRES the contents of YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary
+ quotes and backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The
+ heuristic is that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string
+ contains an apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than
+ backslash-backslash). YYSTR is taken from yytname. If YYRES is
+ null, do not copy; instead, return the length of what the result
+ would have been. */
+static YYSIZE_T
+yytnamerr (char *yyres, const char *yystr)
+{
+ if (*yystr == '"')
+ {
+ YYSIZE_T yyn = 0;
+ char const *yyp = yystr;
-\f
+ for (;;)
+ switch (*++yyp)
+ {
+ case '\'':
+ case ',':
+ goto do_not_strip_quotes;
+
+ case '\\':
+ if (*++yyp != '\\')
+ goto do_not_strip_quotes;
+ /* Fall through. */
+ default:
+ if (yyres)
+ yyres[yyn] = *yyp;
+ yyn++;
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ if (yyres)
+ yyres[yyn] = '\0';
+ return yyn;
+ }
+ do_not_strip_quotes: ;
+ }
-#if YYDEBUG
-/*--------------------------------.
-| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. |
-`--------------------------------*/
+ if (! yyres)
+ return yystrlen (yystr);
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-static void
-yysymprint (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
-#else
-static void
-yysymprint (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep)
- FILE *yyoutput;
- int yytype;
- YYSTYPE *yyvaluep;
-#endif
+ return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres;
+}
+# endif
+
+/* Copy into YYRESULT an error message about the unexpected token
+ YYCHAR while in state YYSTATE. Return the number of bytes copied,
+ including the terminating null byte. If YYRESULT is null, do not
+ copy anything; just return the number of bytes that would be
+ copied. As a special case, return 0 if an ordinary "syntax error"
+ message will do. Return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM if overflow occurs during
+ size calculation. */
+static YYSIZE_T
+yysyntax_error (char *yyresult, int yystate, int yychar)
{
- /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings. */
- (void) yyvaluep;
+ int yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]);
+ if (! (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn <= YYLAST))
+ return 0;
else
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]);
+ {
+ int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+ YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (0, yytname[yytype]);
+ YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0;
+ YYSIZE_T yysize1;
+ int yysize_overflow = 0;
+ enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 };
+ char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM];
+ int yyx;
+
+# if 0
+ /* This is so xgettext sees the translatable formats that are
+ constructed on the fly. */
+ YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s");
+ YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s");
+ YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s");
+ YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s");
+ YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s");
+# endif
+ char *yyfmt;
+ char const *yyf;
+ static char const yyunexpected[] = "syntax error, unexpected %s";
+ static char const yyexpecting[] = ", expecting %s";
+ static char const yyor[] = " or %s";
+ char yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected
+ + sizeof yyexpecting - 1
+ + ((YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM - 2)
+ * (sizeof yyor - 1))];
+ char const *yyprefix = yyexpecting;
+
+ /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
+ YYCHECK. */
+ int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+
+ /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */
+ int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1;
+ int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
+ int yycount = 1;
+
+ yyarg[0] = yytname[yytype];
+ yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyformat, yyunexpected);
+
+ for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
+ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
+ {
+ if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM)
+ {
+ yycount = 1;
+ yysize = yysize0;
+ yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected - 1] = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx];
+ yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (0, yytname[yyx]);
+ yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize);
+ yysize = yysize1;
+ yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyfmt, yyprefix);
+ yyprefix = yyor;
+ }
+ yyf = YY_(yyformat);
+ yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyf);
+ yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize);
+ yysize = yysize1;
-# ifdef YYPRINT
- if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
- YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);
-# endif
- switch (yytype)
- {
- default:
- break;
+ if (yysize_overflow)
+ return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM;
+
+ if (yyresult)
+ {
+ /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space.
+ Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation
+ produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s. */
+ char *yyp = yyresult;
+ int yyi = 0;
+ while ((*yyp = *yyf) != '\0')
+ {
+ if (*yyp == '%' && yyf[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount)
+ {
+ yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]);
+ yyf += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yyp++;
+ yyf++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return yysize;
}
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
}
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+\f
-#endif /* ! YYDEBUG */
/*-----------------------------------------------.
| Release the memory associated to this symbol. |
`-----------------------------------------------*/
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
#else
YYSTYPE *yyvaluep;
#endif
{
- /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings. */
- (void) yyvaluep;
+ YYUSE (yyvaluep);
if (!yymsg)
yymsg = "Deleting";
{
default:
- break;
+ break;
}
}
\f
/* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes. */
#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM);
-# else
+#else
int yyparse ();
-# endif
+#endif
#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
int yyparse (void);
#else
int yyparse ();
`----------*/
#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM)
-# else
-int yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM)
- void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-# endif
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+int
+yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM)
+#else
+int
+yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM)
+ void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif
#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
int
yyparse (void)
#else
#endif
{
- register int yystate;
- register int yyn;
+ int yystate;
+ int yyn;
int yyresult;
/* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
int yyerrstatus;
/* Look-ahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
int yytoken = 0;
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size. */
+ char yymsgbuf[128];
+ char *yymsg = yymsgbuf;
+ YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
+#endif
/* Three stacks and their tools:
`yyss': related to states,
to reallocate them elsewhere. */
/* The state stack. */
- short int yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
- short int *yyss = yyssa;
- register short int *yyssp;
+ yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ yytype_int16 *yyss = yyssa;
+ yytype_int16 *yyssp;
/* The semantic value stack. */
YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
- register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+ YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N))
YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
YYSTYPE yyval;
- /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
- rule. */
- int yylen;
+ /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
+ Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */
+ int yylen = 0;
YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
yyssp = yyss;
yyvsp = yyvs;
-
- yyvsp[0] = yylval;
-
goto yysetstate;
/*------------------------------------------------------------.
`------------------------------------------------------------*/
yynewstate:
/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
- */
+ have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
yyssp++;
yysetstate:
#ifdef yyoverflow
{
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
memory. */
YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
- short int *yyss1 = yyss;
+ yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
/* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a
conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+ yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
&yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
&yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
}
#else /* no yyoverflow */
# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- goto yyoverflowlab;
+ goto yyexhaustedlab;
# else
/* Extend the stack our own way. */
if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
- goto yyoverflowlab;
+ goto yyexhaustedlab;
yystacksize *= 2;
if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
{
- short int *yyss1 = yyss;
+ yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
union yyalloc *yyptr =
(union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
if (! yyptr)
- goto yyoverflowlab;
+ goto yyexhaustedlab;
YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
`-----------*/
yybackup:
-/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
-/* Read a look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
-/* yyresume: */
+ /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a
+ look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
/* First try to decide what to do without reference to look-ahead token. */
-
yyn = yypact[yystate];
if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF)
goto yydefault;
if (yyn == YYFINAL)
YYACCEPT;
+ /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+ status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus)
+ yyerrstatus--;
+
/* Shift the look-ahead token. */
YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
- /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ /* Discard the shifted token unless it is eof. */
if (yychar != YYEOF)
yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ yystate = yyn;
*++yyvsp = yylval;
-
- /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
- status. */
- if (yyerrstatus)
- yyerrstatus--;
-
- yystate = yyn;
goto yynewstate;
{
/* Case of regular command. Discard the error
safety net,and return the command just parsed. */
- global_command = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ global_command = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
eof_encountered = 0;
/* discard_parser_constructs (0); */
if (parser_state & PST_CMDSUBST)
case 6:
#line 422 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[0].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); }
break;
case 7:
#line 424 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[0].word), (yyvsp[-1].word_list)); }
+ { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word), (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].word_list)); }
break;
case 8:
#line 428 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_output_direction, redir, 0);
}
break;
#line 434 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_input_direction, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 10:
#line 440 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_output_direction, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 11:
#line 446 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_input_direction, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 12:
#line 452 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_output_direction, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
case 13:
#line 458 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_input_direction, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 464 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_appending_to, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 15:
#line 470 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_appending_to, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 16:
#line 476 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_appending_to, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 482 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_output_force, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 18:
#line 488 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_output_force, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 19:
#line 494 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_output_force, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 500 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_input_output, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 21:
#line 506 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_input_output, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 22:
#line 512 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_input_output, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 518 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_reading_until, redir, 0);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = (yyval.redirect);
}
case 24:
#line 525 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_reading_until, redir, 0);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = (yyval.redirect);
}
case 25:
#line 532 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_reading_until, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = (yyval.redirect);
}
#line 539 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_deblank_reading_until, redir, 0);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = (yyval.redirect);
}
case 27:
#line 546 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_deblank_reading_until, redir, 0);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = (yyval.redirect);
}
case 28:
#line 553 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_deblank_reading_until, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = (yyval.redirect);
}
#line 560 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_reading_string, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 30:
#line 566 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_reading_string, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 31:
#line 572 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_reading_string, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 578 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.dest = (yyvsp[0].number);
+ redir.dest = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].number);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_input, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 33:
#line 584 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.dest = (yyvsp[0].number);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.dest = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].number);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_input, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 34:
#line 590 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.dest = (yyvsp[0].number);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.dest = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].number);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_input, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 596 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.dest = (yyvsp[0].number);
+ redir.dest = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].number);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_output, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 36:
#line 602 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.dest = (yyvsp[0].number);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.dest = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].number);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_output, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 37:
#line 608 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.dest = (yyvsp[0].number);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.dest = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].number);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_output, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 614 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 0;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_input_word, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 39:
#line 620 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_input_word, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 40:
#line 626 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_input_word, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
#line 632 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_output_word, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 42:
#line 638 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_output_word, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 43:
#line 644 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_duplicating_output_word, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
break;
case 45:
#line 656 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
redir.dest = 0;
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_close_this, redir, 0);
}
case 46:
#line 662 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
redir.dest = 0;
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_close_this, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
case 48:
#line 674 "parse.y"
{
- source.dest = (yyvsp[-2].number);
+ source.dest = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].number);
redir.dest = 0;
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_close_this, redir, 0);
}
case 49:
#line 680 "parse.y"
{
- source.filename = (yyvsp[-2].word);
+ source.filename = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word);
redir.dest = 0;
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_close_this, redir, REDIR_VARASSIGN);
}
#line 686 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_err_and_out, redir, 0);
}
break;
#line 692 "parse.y"
{
source.dest = 1;
- redir.filename = (yyvsp[0].word);
+ redir.filename = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].word);
(yyval.redirect) = make_redirection (source, r_append_err_and_out, redir, 0);
}
break;
case 52:
#line 700 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.element).word = (yyvsp[0].word); (yyval.element).redirect = 0; }
+ { (yyval.element).word = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].word); (yyval.element).redirect = 0; }
break;
case 53:
#line 702 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.element).word = (yyvsp[0].word); (yyval.element).redirect = 0; }
+ { (yyval.element).word = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].word); (yyval.element).redirect = 0; }
break;
case 54:
#line 704 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.element).redirect = (yyvsp[0].redirect); (yyval.element).word = 0; }
+ { (yyval.element).redirect = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].redirect); (yyval.element).word = 0; }
break;
case 55:
#line 708 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.redirect) = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
+ (yyval.redirect) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].redirect);
}
break;
{
register REDIRECT *t;
- for (t = (yyvsp[-1].redirect); t->next; t = t->next)
+ for (t = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].redirect); t->next; t = t->next)
;
- t->next = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
- (yyval.redirect) = (yyvsp[-1].redirect);
+ t->next = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].redirect);
+ (yyval.redirect) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].redirect);
}
break;
case 57:
#line 723 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_simple_command ((yyvsp[0].element), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_simple_command ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].element), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
break;
case 58:
#line 725 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_simple_command ((yyvsp[0].element), (yyvsp[-1].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_simple_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].element), (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command)); }
break;
case 59:
#line 729 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = clean_simple_command ((yyvsp[0].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = clean_simple_command ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command)); }
break;
case 60:
#line 731 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 61:
{
COMMAND *tc;
- tc = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ tc = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
if (tc->redirects)
{
register REDIRECT *t;
for (t = tc->redirects; t->next; t = t->next)
;
- t->next = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
+ t->next = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].redirect);
}
else
- tc->redirects = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ tc->redirects = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].redirect);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
}
break;
case 62:
#line 749 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 63:
#line 751 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 64:
#line 755 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 65:
#line 757 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 66:
#line 759 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_while_command ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[-1].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_while_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].command)); }
break;
case 67:
#line 761 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_until_command ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[-1].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_until_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].command)); }
break;
case 68:
#line 763 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 69:
#line 765 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 70:
#line 767 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 71:
#line 769 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 72:
#line 771 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 73:
#line 773 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 74:
#line 775 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 75:
#line 779 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-4].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 76:
#line 784 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-4].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 77:
#line 789 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-5].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 78:
#line 794 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-5].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 79:
#line 799 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-8].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[-5].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (10)].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[(5) - (10)].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[(9) - (10)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 80:
#line 804 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-8].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[-5].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (10)].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[(5) - (10)].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[(9) - (10)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 81:
#line 809 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-7].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL, (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (9)].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL, (yyvsp[(8) - (9)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 82:
#line 814 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[-7].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL, (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (9)].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL, (yyvsp[(8) - (9)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 83:
#line 821 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[-5].word_list), (yyvsp[-1].command), arith_for_lineno);
+ (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word_list), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command), arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 84:
#line 826 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[-5].word_list), (yyvsp[-1].command), arith_for_lineno);
+ (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word_list), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command), arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 85:
#line 831 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[-3].word_list), (yyvsp[-1].command), arith_for_lineno);
+ (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].word_list), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].command), arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 86:
#line 836 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[-3].word_list), (yyvsp[-1].command), arith_for_lineno);
+ (yyval.command) = make_arith_for_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].word_list), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].command), arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 87:
#line 843 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[-4].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 88:
#line 848 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[-4].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 89:
#line 853 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[-5].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 90:
#line 858 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[-5].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word), add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 91:
#line 863 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[-8].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[-5].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (10)].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[(5) - (10)].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[(9) - (10)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 92:
#line 868 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[-8].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[-5].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[-1].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_select_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (10)].word), REVERSE_LIST ((yyvsp[(5) - (10)].word_list), WORD_LIST *), (yyvsp[(9) - (10)].command), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 93:
#line 875 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_case_command ((yyvsp[-4].word), (PATTERN_LIST *)NULL, word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_case_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), (PATTERN_LIST *)NULL, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 94:
#line 880 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_case_command ((yyvsp[-5].word), (yyvsp[-2].pattern), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_case_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].word), (yyvsp[(5) - (7)].pattern), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 95:
#line 885 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_case_command ((yyvsp[-4].word), (yyvsp[-1].pattern), word_lineno[word_top]);
+ (yyval.command) = make_case_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].pattern), word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
}
break;
case 96:
#line 892 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_function_def ((yyvsp[-4].word), (yyvsp[0].command), function_dstart, function_bstart); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_function_def ((yyvsp[(1) - (5)].word), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].command), function_dstart, function_bstart); }
break;
case 97:
#line 895 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_function_def ((yyvsp[-4].word), (yyvsp[0].command), function_dstart, function_bstart); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_function_def ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].word), (yyvsp[(6) - (6)].command), function_dstart, function_bstart); }
break;
case 98:
#line 898 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_function_def ((yyvsp[-2].word), (yyvsp[0].command), function_dstart, function_bstart); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_function_def ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].word), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), function_dstart, function_bstart); }
break;
case 99:
#line 902 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 100:
{
COMMAND *tc;
- tc = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ tc = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
/* According to Posix.2 3.9.5, redirections
specified after the body of a function should
be attached to the function and performed when
register REDIRECT *t;
for (t = tc->redirects; t->next; t = t->next)
;
- t->next = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
+ t->next = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].redirect);
}
else
- tc->redirects = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ tc->redirects = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].redirect);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
}
break;
case 101:
#line 935 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_subshell_command ((yyvsp[-1].command));
+ (yyval.command) = make_subshell_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].command));
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL;
}
break;
case 102:
#line 942 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ("COPROC", (yyvsp[0].command));
+ (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ("COPROC", (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command));
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_COPROC_SUBSHELL;
}
break;
{
COMMAND *tc;
- tc = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ tc = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].command);
if (tc->redirects)
{
register REDIRECT *t;
for (t = tc->redirects; t->next; t = t->next)
;
- t->next = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
+ t->next = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].redirect);
}
else
- tc->redirects = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
- (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ("COPROC", (yyvsp[-1].command));
+ tc->redirects = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].redirect);
+ (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ("COPROC", (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].command));
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_COPROC_SUBSHELL;
}
break;
case 104:
#line 964 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ((yyvsp[-1].word)->word, (yyvsp[0].command));
+ (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].word)->word, (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].command));
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_COPROC_SUBSHELL;
}
break;
{
COMMAND *tc;
- tc = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ tc = (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].command);
if (tc->redirects)
{
register REDIRECT *t;
for (t = tc->redirects; t->next; t = t->next)
;
- t->next = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
+ t->next = (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].redirect);
}
else
- tc->redirects = (yyvsp[0].redirect);
- (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ((yyvsp[-2].word)->word, (yyvsp[-1].command));
+ tc->redirects = (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].redirect);
+ (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].word)->word, (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].command));
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_COPROC_SUBSHELL;
}
break;
case 106:
#line 986 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ("COPROC", clean_simple_command ((yyvsp[0].command)));
+ (yyval.command) = make_coproc_command ("COPROC", clean_simple_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command)));
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_COPROC_SUBSHELL;
}
break;
case 107:
#line 993 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[-1].command), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].command), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
break;
case 108:
#line 995 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[-5].command), (yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[-1].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (7)].command), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].command)); }
break;
case 109:
#line 997 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[-4].command), (yyvsp[-2].command), (yyvsp[-1].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (6)].command), (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].command)); }
break;
case 110:
#line 1002 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_group_command ((yyvsp[-1].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_group_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].command)); }
break;
case 111:
#line 1006 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_arith_command ((yyvsp[0].word_list)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_arith_command ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].word_list)); }
break;
case 112:
#line 1010 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[-1].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].command); }
break;
case 113:
#line 1014 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[-2].command), (yyvsp[0].command), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
break;
case 114:
#line 1016 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[-4].command), (yyvsp[-2].command), (yyvsp[0].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (6)].command), (yyvsp[(6) - (6)].command)); }
break;
case 115:
#line 1018 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[-1].command), (yyvsp[0].command)); }
+ { (yyval.command) = make_if_command ((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].command), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].command)); }
break;
case 117:
#line 1023 "parse.y"
- { (yyvsp[0].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[0].pattern); }
+ { (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].pattern); }
break;
case 118:
#line 1027 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[-2].word_list), (yyvsp[0].command)); }
+ { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].word_list), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command)); }
break;
case 119:
#line 1029 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[-2].word_list), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].word_list), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
break;
case 120:
#line 1031 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[-2].word_list), (yyvsp[0].command)); }
+ { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[(3) - (5)].word_list), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].command)); }
break;
case 121:
#line 1033 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[-2].word_list), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.pattern) = make_pattern_list ((yyvsp[(3) - (5)].word_list), (COMMAND *)NULL); }
break;
case 122:
#line 1037 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); }
+ { (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].pattern); }
break;
case 123:
#line 1039 "parse.y"
- { (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[-2].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); }
+ { (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern); }
break;
case 124:
#line 1041 "parse.y"
- { (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_FALLTHROUGH; (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); }
+ { (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_FALLTHROUGH; (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].pattern); }
break;
case 125:
#line 1043 "parse.y"
- { (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_FALLTHROUGH; (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[-2].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); }
+ { (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_FALLTHROUGH; (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern); }
break;
case 126:
#line 1045 "parse.y"
- { (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_TESTNEXT; (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); }
+ { (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_TESTNEXT; (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].pattern); }
break;
case 127:
#line 1047 "parse.y"
- { (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_TESTNEXT; (yyvsp[-1].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[-2].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[-1].pattern); }
+ { (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern)->flags |= CASEPAT_TESTNEXT; (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern)->next = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].pattern); (yyval.pattern) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].pattern); }
break;
case 128:
#line 1051 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[0].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); }
+ { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].word), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); }
break;
case 129:
#line 1053 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[0].word), (yyvsp[-2].word_list)); }
+ { (yyval.word_list) = make_word_list ((yyvsp[(3) - (3)].word), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].word_list)); }
break;
case 130:
#line 1062 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command);
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
}
case 132:
#line 1071 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command);
}
break;
case 134:
#line 1078 "parse.y"
{
- if ((yyvsp[-2].command)->type == cm_connection)
- (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[-2].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
+ if ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command)->type == cm_connection)
+ (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
else
- (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-2].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
+ (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
}
break;
case 136:
#line 1089 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), AND_AND); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), AND_AND); }
break;
case 137:
#line 1091 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), OR_OR); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), OR_OR); }
break;
case 138:
#line 1093 "parse.y"
{
- if ((yyvsp[-3].command)->type == cm_connection)
- (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), '&');
+ if ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command)->type == cm_connection)
+ (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), '&');
else
- (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), '&');
+ (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), '&');
}
break;
case 139:
#line 1100 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), ';'); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), ';'); }
break;
case 140:
#line 1102 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), ';'); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), ';'); }
break;
case 141:
#line 1104 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 144:
case 149:
#line 1130 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command);
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
if ((parser_state & PST_CMDSUBST) && current_token == shell_eof_token)
{
- global_command = (yyvsp[0].command);
+ global_command = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command);
eof_encountered = 0;
rewind_input_string ();
YYACCEPT;
case 150:
#line 1143 "parse.y"
{
- if ((yyvsp[-1].command)->type == cm_connection)
- (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[-1].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
+ if ((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command)->type == cm_connection)
+ (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
else
- (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-1].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
+ (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command), (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
if ((parser_state & PST_CMDSUBST) && current_token == shell_eof_token)
{
- global_command = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ global_command = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
eof_encountered = 0;
rewind_input_string ();
YYACCEPT;
case 151:
#line 1159 "parse.y"
{
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
if ((parser_state & PST_CMDSUBST) && current_token == shell_eof_token)
{
- global_command = (yyvsp[-1].command);
+ global_command = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].command);
eof_encountered = 0;
rewind_input_string ();
YYACCEPT;
case 152:
#line 1174 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), AND_AND); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), AND_AND); }
break;
case 153:
#line 1176 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), OR_OR); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), OR_OR); }
break;
case 154:
#line 1178 "parse.y"
{
- if ((yyvsp[-2].command)->type == cm_connection)
- (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[-2].command), (yyvsp[0].command), '&');
+ if ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command)->type == cm_connection)
+ (yyval.command) = connect_async_list ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].command), '&');
else
- (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-2].command), (yyvsp[0].command), '&');
+ (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].command), '&');
}
break;
case 155:
#line 1185 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-2].command), (yyvsp[0].command), ';'); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].command), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].command), ';'); }
break;
case 156:
#line 1188 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 157:
#line 1192 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 158:
#line 1194 "parse.y"
{
- if ((yyvsp[0].command))
- (yyvsp[0].command)->flags ^= CMD_INVERT_RETURN; /* toggle */
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command);
+ if ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command))
+ (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command)->flags ^= CMD_INVERT_RETURN; /* toggle */
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command);
}
break;
case 159:
#line 1200 "parse.y"
{
- if ((yyvsp[0].command))
- (yyvsp[0].command)->flags |= (yyvsp[-1].number);
- (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command);
+ if ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command))
+ (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command)->flags |= (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].number);
+ (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].command);
}
break;
x.word = 0;
x.redirect = 0;
(yyval.command) = make_simple_command (x, (COMMAND *)NULL);
- (yyval.command)->flags |= (yyvsp[-1].number);
+ (yyval.command)->flags |= (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].number);
/* XXX - let's cheat and push a newline back */
- if ((yyvsp[0].number) == '\n')
+ if ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].number) == '\n')
token_to_read = '\n';
}
break;
(yyval.command) = make_simple_command (x, (COMMAND *)NULL);
(yyval.command)->flags |= CMD_INVERT_RETURN;
/* XXX - let's cheat and push a newline back */
- if ((yyvsp[0].number) == '\n')
+ if ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].number) == '\n')
token_to_read = '\n';
}
break;
case 162:
#line 1243 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), '|'); }
+ { (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), '|'); }
break;
case 163:
REDIRECTEE rd, sd;
REDIRECT *r;
- tc = (yyvsp[-3].command)->type == cm_simple ? (COMMAND *)(yyvsp[-3].command)->value.Simple : (yyvsp[-3].command);
+ tc = (yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command)->type == cm_simple ? (COMMAND *)(yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command)->value.Simple : (yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command);
sd.dest = 2;
rd.dest = 1;
r = make_redirection (sd, r_duplicating_output, rd, 0);
else
tc->redirects = r;
- (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[-3].command), (yyvsp[0].command), '|');
+ (yyval.command) = command_connect ((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].command), (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].command), '|');
}
break;
case 164:
#line 1268 "parse.y"
- { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[0].command); }
+ { (yyval.command) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].command); }
break;
case 165:
break;
+/* Line 1267 of yacc.c. */
+#line 3376 "y.tab.c"
+ default: break;
}
+ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc);
-/* Line 1037 of yacc.c. */
-#line 3070 "y.tab.c"
-\f
- yyvsp -= yylen;
- yyssp -= yylen;
-
-
+ YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+ yylen = 0;
YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
*++yyvsp = yyval;
if (!yyerrstatus)
{
++yynerrs;
-#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
- if (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn < YYLAST)
- {
- YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
- int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
- const char* yyprefix;
- char *yymsg;
- int yyx;
-
- /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
- YYCHECK. */
- int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
-
- /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */
- int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn;
- int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
- int yycount = 0;
-
- yyprefix = ", expecting ";
- for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
+#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyerror (YY_("syntax error"));
+#else
+ {
+ YYSIZE_T yysize = yysyntax_error (0, yystate, yychar);
+ if (yymsg_alloc < yysize && yymsg_alloc < YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)
+ {
+ YYSIZE_T yyalloc = 2 * yysize;
+ if (! (yysize <= yyalloc && yyalloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM))
+ yyalloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM;
+ if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+ yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yyalloc);
+ if (yymsg)
+ yymsg_alloc = yyalloc;
+ else
{
- yysize += yystrlen (yyprefix) + yystrlen (yytname [yyx]);
- yycount += 1;
- if (yycount == 5)
- {
- yysize = 0;
- break;
- }
+ yymsg = yymsgbuf;
+ yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
}
- yysize += (sizeof ("syntax error, unexpected ")
- + yystrlen (yytname[yytype]));
- yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
- if (yymsg != 0)
- {
- char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "syntax error, unexpected ");
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yytype]);
+ }
- if (yycount < 5)
- {
- yyprefix = ", expecting ";
- for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
- {
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyprefix);
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
- yyprefix = " or ";
- }
- }
- yyerror (yymsg);
- YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
- }
- else
- yyerror ("syntax error; also virtual memory exhausted");
- }
- else
-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
- yyerror ("syntax error");
+ if (0 < yysize && yysize <= yymsg_alloc)
+ {
+ (void) yysyntax_error (yymsg, yystate, yychar);
+ yyerror (yymsg);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yyerror (YY_("syntax error"));
+ if (yysize != 0)
+ goto yyexhaustedlab;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
}
error, discard it. */
if (yychar <= YYEOF)
- {
- /* If at end of input, pop the error token,
- then the rest of the stack, then return failure. */
+ {
+ /* Return failure if at end of input. */
if (yychar == YYEOF)
- for (;;)
- {
-
- YYPOPSTACK;
- if (yyssp == yyss)
- YYABORT;
- yydestruct ("Error: popping",
- yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp);
- }
- }
+ YYABORT;
+ }
else
{
- yydestruct ("Error: discarding", yytoken, &yylval);
+ yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
+ yytoken, &yylval);
yychar = YYEMPTY;
}
}
`---------------------------------------------------*/
yyerrorlab:
-#ifdef __GNUC__
- /* Pacify GCC when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the label
- yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code. */
- if (0)
+ /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes
+ YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user
+ code. */
+ if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
goto yyerrorlab;
-#endif
-yyvsp -= yylen;
- yyssp -= yylen;
+ /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
+ this YYERROR. */
+ YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+ yylen = 0;
+ YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
yystate = *yyssp;
goto yyerrlab1;
YYABORT;
- yydestruct ("Error: popping", yystos[yystate], yyvsp);
- YYPOPSTACK;
+ yydestruct ("Error: popping",
+ yystos[yystate], yyvsp);
+ YYPOPSTACK (1);
yystate = *yyssp;
YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
}
*++yyvsp = yylval;
- /* Shift the error token. */
+ /* Shift the error token. */
YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp);
yystate = yyn;
| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
`-----------------------------------*/
yyabortlab:
- yydestruct ("Error: discarding lookahead",
- yytoken, &yylval);
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
yyresult = 1;
goto yyreturn;
#ifndef yyoverflow
-/*----------------------------------------------.
-| yyoverflowlab -- parser overflow comes here. |
-`----------------------------------------------*/
-yyoverflowlab:
- yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
+/*-------------------------------------------------.
+| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here. |
+`-------------------------------------------------*/
+yyexhaustedlab:
+ yyerror (YY_("memory exhausted"));
yyresult = 2;
/* Fall through. */
#endif
yyreturn:
+ if (yychar != YYEOF && yychar != YYEMPTY)
+ yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
+ yytoken, &yylval);
+ /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
+ this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */
+ YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+ YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+ while (yyssp != yyss)
+ {
+ yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
+ yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp);
+ YYPOPSTACK (1);
+ }
#ifndef yyoverflow
if (yyss != yyssa)
YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
#endif
- return yyresult;
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+#endif
+ /* Make sure YYID is used. */
+ return YYID (yyresult);
}
projects / thirdparty / bash.git / commitdiff
